mirror of
https://github.com/Theaninova/TheaninovOS.git
synced 2026-01-08 16:52:50 +00:00
8625 lines
302 KiB
TypeScript
8625 lines
302 KiB
TypeScript
|
|
/*
|
|
* Type Definitions for Gjs (https://gjs.guide/)
|
|
*
|
|
* These type definitions are automatically generated, do not edit them by hand.
|
|
* If you found a bug fix it in `ts-for-gir` or create a bug report on https://github.com/gjsify/ts-for-gir
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
import './pango-1.0-ambient.d.ts';
|
|
import './pango-1.0-import.d.ts';
|
|
/**
|
|
* Pango-1.0
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
import type cairo from '@girs/cairo-1.0';
|
|
import type GObject from '@girs/gobject-2.0';
|
|
import type GLib from '@girs/glib-2.0';
|
|
import type HarfBuzz from '@girs/harfbuzz-0.0';
|
|
import type freetype2 from '@girs/freetype2-2.0';
|
|
import type Gio from '@girs/gio-2.0';
|
|
|
|
export namespace Pango {
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoAlignment` describes how to align the lines of a `PangoLayout`
|
|
* within the available space.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the `PangoLayout` is set to justify using [method`Pango`.Layout.set_justify],
|
|
* this only affects partial lines.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_auto_dir] for how text direction affects
|
|
* the interpretation of `PangoAlignment` values.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Alignment {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Put all available space on the right
|
|
*/
|
|
LEFT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Center the line within the available space
|
|
*/
|
|
CENTER,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Put all available space on the left
|
|
*/
|
|
RIGHT,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrType` distinguishes between different types of attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Along with the predefined values, it is possible to allocate additional
|
|
* values for custom attributes using [func`AttrType`.register]. The predefined
|
|
* values are given below. The type of structure used to store the attribute is
|
|
* listed in parentheses after the description.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum AttrType {
|
|
/**
|
|
* does not happen
|
|
*/
|
|
INVALID,
|
|
/**
|
|
* language ([struct`Pango`.AttrLanguage])
|
|
*/
|
|
LANGUAGE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font family name list ([struct`Pango`.AttrString])
|
|
*/
|
|
FAMILY,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font slant style ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
STYLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font weight ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
WEIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font variant (normal or small caps) ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
VARIANT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font stretch ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
STRETCH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font size in points scaled by %PANGO_SCALE ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
SIZE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font description ([struct`Pango`.AttrFontDesc])
|
|
*/
|
|
FONT_DESC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* foreground color ([struct`Pango`.AttrColor])
|
|
*/
|
|
FOREGROUND,
|
|
/**
|
|
* background color ([struct`Pango`.AttrColor])
|
|
*/
|
|
BACKGROUND,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether the text has an underline ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
UNDERLINE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether the text is struck-through ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
STRIKETHROUGH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* baseline displacement ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
RISE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* shape ([struct`Pango`.AttrShape])
|
|
*/
|
|
SHAPE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font size scale factor ([struct`Pango`.AttrFloat])
|
|
*/
|
|
SCALE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether fallback is enabled ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
FALLBACK,
|
|
/**
|
|
* letter spacing ([struct`PangoAttrInt]`)
|
|
*/
|
|
LETTER_SPACING,
|
|
/**
|
|
* underline color ([struct`Pango`.AttrColor])
|
|
*/
|
|
UNDERLINE_COLOR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* strikethrough color ([struct`Pango`.AttrColor])
|
|
*/
|
|
STRIKETHROUGH_COLOR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font size in pixels scaled by %PANGO_SCALE ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
ABSOLUTE_SIZE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* base text gravity ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
GRAVITY,
|
|
/**
|
|
* gravity hint ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt])
|
|
*/
|
|
GRAVITY_HINT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* OpenType font features ([struct`Pango`.AttrFontFeatures]). Since 1.38
|
|
*/
|
|
FONT_FEATURES,
|
|
/**
|
|
* foreground alpha ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.38
|
|
*/
|
|
FOREGROUND_ALPHA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* background alpha ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.38
|
|
*/
|
|
BACKGROUND_ALPHA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether breaks are allowed ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.44
|
|
*/
|
|
ALLOW_BREAKS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* how to render invisible characters ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.44
|
|
*/
|
|
SHOW,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether to insert hyphens at intra-word line breaks ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.44
|
|
*/
|
|
INSERT_HYPHENS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether the text has an overline ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.46
|
|
*/
|
|
OVERLINE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* overline color ([struct`Pango`.AttrColor]). Since 1.46
|
|
*/
|
|
OVERLINE_COLOR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* line height factor ([struct`Pango`.AttrFloat]). Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
LINE_HEIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* line height ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
ABSOLUTE_LINE_HEIGHT,
|
|
TEXT_TRANSFORM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* override segmentation to classify the range of the attribute as a single word ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
WORD,
|
|
/**
|
|
* override segmentation to classify the range of the attribute as a single sentence ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
SENTENCE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* baseline displacement ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
BASELINE_SHIFT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* font-relative size change ([struct`Pango`.AttrInt]). Since 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
FONT_SCALE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration that affects baseline shifts between runs.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum BaselineShift {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Leave the baseline unchanged
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Shift the baseline to the superscript position,
|
|
* relative to the previous run
|
|
*/
|
|
SUPERSCRIPT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Shift the baseline to the subscript position,
|
|
* relative to the previous run
|
|
*/
|
|
SUBSCRIPT,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoBidiType` represents the bidirectional character
|
|
* type of a Unicode character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The values in this enumeration are specified by the
|
|
* [Unicode bidirectional algorithm](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/).
|
|
*/
|
|
enum BidiType {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Left-to-Right
|
|
*/
|
|
L,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Left-to-Right Embedding
|
|
*/
|
|
LRE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Left-to-Right Override
|
|
*/
|
|
LRO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Right-to-Left
|
|
*/
|
|
R,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Right-to-Left Arabic
|
|
*/
|
|
AL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Right-to-Left Embedding
|
|
*/
|
|
RLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Right-to-Left Override
|
|
*/
|
|
RLO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Pop Directional Format
|
|
*/
|
|
PDF,
|
|
/**
|
|
* European Number
|
|
*/
|
|
EN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* European Number Separator
|
|
*/
|
|
ES,
|
|
/**
|
|
* European Number Terminator
|
|
*/
|
|
ET,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Arabic Number
|
|
*/
|
|
AN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Common Number Separator
|
|
*/
|
|
CS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Nonspacing Mark
|
|
*/
|
|
NSM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Boundary Neutral
|
|
*/
|
|
BN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Paragraph Separator
|
|
*/
|
|
B,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Segment Separator
|
|
*/
|
|
S,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Whitespace
|
|
*/
|
|
WS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Other Neutrals
|
|
*/
|
|
ON,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Left-to-Right isolate. Since 1.48.6
|
|
*/
|
|
LRI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Right-to-Left isolate. Since 1.48.6
|
|
*/
|
|
RLI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* First strong isolate. Since 1.48.6
|
|
*/
|
|
FSI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Pop directional isolate. Since 1.48.6
|
|
*/
|
|
PDI,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoCoverageLevel` is used to indicate how well a font can
|
|
* represent a particular Unicode character for a particular script.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since 1.44, only %PANGO_COVERAGE_NONE and %PANGO_COVERAGE_EXACT
|
|
* will be returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum CoverageLevel {
|
|
/**
|
|
* The character is not representable with
|
|
* the font.
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* The character is represented in a
|
|
* way that may be comprehensible but is not the correct
|
|
* graphical form. For instance, a Hangul character represented
|
|
* as a a sequence of Jamos, or a Latin transliteration of a
|
|
* Cyrillic word.
|
|
*/
|
|
FALLBACK,
|
|
/**
|
|
* The character is represented as
|
|
* basically the correct graphical form, but with a stylistic
|
|
* variant inappropriate for the current script.
|
|
*/
|
|
APPROXIMATE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* The character is represented as the
|
|
* correct graphical form.
|
|
*/
|
|
EXACT,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoDirection` represents a direction in the Unicode bidirectional
|
|
* algorithm.
|
|
*
|
|
* Not every value in this enumeration makes sense for every usage of
|
|
* `PangoDirection`; for example, the return value of [func`unichar_direction]`
|
|
* and [func`find_base_dir]` cannot be `PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_LTR` or
|
|
* `PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_RTL`, since every character is either neutral
|
|
* or has a strong direction; on the other hand `PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL`
|
|
* doesn't make sense to pass to [func`itemize_with_base_dir]`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `PANGO_DIRECTION_TTB_LTR`, `PANGO_DIRECTION_TTB_RTL` values come from
|
|
* an earlier interpretation of this enumeration as the writing direction
|
|
* of a block of text and are no longer used. See `PangoGravity` for how
|
|
* vertical text is handled in Pango.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are interested in text direction, you should really use fribidi
|
|
* directly. `PangoDirection` is only retained because it is used in some
|
|
* public apis.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Direction {
|
|
/**
|
|
* A strong left-to-right direction
|
|
*/
|
|
LTR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A strong right-to-left direction
|
|
*/
|
|
RTL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deprecated value; treated the
|
|
* same as `PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL`.
|
|
*/
|
|
TTB_LTR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deprecated value; treated the
|
|
* same as `PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR`
|
|
*/
|
|
TTB_RTL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A weak left-to-right direction
|
|
*/
|
|
WEAK_LTR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A weak right-to-left direction
|
|
*/
|
|
WEAK_RTL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* No direction specified
|
|
*/
|
|
NEUTRAL,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoEllipsizeMode` describes what sort of ellipsization
|
|
* should be applied to text.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the ellipsization process characters are removed from the
|
|
* text in order to make it fit to a given width and replaced
|
|
* with an ellipsis.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum EllipsizeMode {
|
|
/**
|
|
* No ellipsization
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Omit characters at the start of the text
|
|
*/
|
|
START,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Omit characters in the middle of the text
|
|
*/
|
|
MIDDLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Omit characters at the end of the text
|
|
*/
|
|
END,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration that affects font sizes for superscript
|
|
* and subscript positioning and for (emulated) Small Caps.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum FontScale {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Leave the font size unchanged
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Change the font to a size suitable for superscripts
|
|
*/
|
|
SUPERSCRIPT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Change the font to a size suitable for subscripts
|
|
*/
|
|
SUBSCRIPT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Change the font to a size suitable for Small Caps
|
|
*/
|
|
SMALL_CAPS,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoGravity` represents the orientation of glyphs in a segment
|
|
* of text.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful when rendering vertical text layouts. In those situations,
|
|
* the layout is rotated using a non-identity [struct`Pango`.Matrix], and then
|
|
* glyph orientation is controlled using `PangoGravity`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Not every value in this enumeration makes sense for every usage of
|
|
* `PangoGravity`; for example, %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO only can be passed to
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Context.set_base_gravity] and can only be returned by
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Context.get_base_gravity].
|
|
*
|
|
* See also: [enum`Pango`.GravityHint]
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Gravity {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Glyphs stand upright (default) <img align="right" valign="center" src="m-south.png">
|
|
*/
|
|
SOUTH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Glyphs are rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise. <img align="right" valign="center" src="m-east.png">
|
|
*/
|
|
EAST,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Glyphs are upside-down. <img align="right" valign="cener" src="m-north.png">
|
|
*/
|
|
NORTH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Glyphs are rotated 90 degrees clockwise. <img align="right" valign="center" src="m-west.png">
|
|
*/
|
|
WEST,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gravity is resolved from the context matrix
|
|
*/
|
|
AUTO,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoGravityHint` defines how horizontal scripts should behave in a
|
|
* vertical context.
|
|
*
|
|
* That is, English excerpts in a vertical paragraph for example.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also [enum`Pango`.Gravity]
|
|
*/
|
|
enum GravityHint {
|
|
/**
|
|
* scripts will take their natural gravity based
|
|
* on the base gravity and the script. This is the default.
|
|
*/
|
|
NATURAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* always use the base gravity set, regardless of
|
|
* the script.
|
|
*/
|
|
STRONG,
|
|
/**
|
|
* for scripts not in their natural direction (eg.
|
|
* Latin in East gravity), choose per-script gravity such that every script
|
|
* respects the line progression. This means, Latin and Arabic will take
|
|
* opposite gravities and both flow top-to-bottom for example.
|
|
*/
|
|
LINE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Errors that can be returned by [func`Pango`.Layout.deserialize].
|
|
*/
|
|
enum LayoutDeserializeError {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Unspecified error
|
|
*/
|
|
INVALID,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A JSon value could not be
|
|
* interpreted
|
|
*/
|
|
INVALID_VALUE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A required JSon member was
|
|
* not found
|
|
*/
|
|
MISSING_VALUE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoOverline` enumeration is used to specify whether text
|
|
* should be overlined, and if so, the type of line.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Overline {
|
|
/**
|
|
* no overline should be drawn
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draw a single line above the ink
|
|
* extents of the text being underlined.
|
|
*/
|
|
SINGLE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoRenderPart` defines different items to render for such
|
|
* purposes as setting colors.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum RenderPart {
|
|
/**
|
|
* the text itself
|
|
*/
|
|
FOREGROUND,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the area behind the text
|
|
*/
|
|
BACKGROUND,
|
|
/**
|
|
* underlines
|
|
*/
|
|
UNDERLINE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* strikethrough lines
|
|
*/
|
|
STRIKETHROUGH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* overlines
|
|
*/
|
|
OVERLINE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoScript` enumeration identifies different writing
|
|
* systems.
|
|
*
|
|
* The values correspond to the names as defined in the Unicode standard. See
|
|
* [Unicode Standard Annex 24: Script names](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr24/)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this enumeration is deprecated and will not be updated to include values
|
|
* in newer versions of the Unicode standard. Applications should use the
|
|
* [enum`GLib`.UnicodeScript] enumeration instead,
|
|
* whose values are interchangeable with `PangoScript`.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Script {
|
|
/**
|
|
* a value never returned from pango_script_for_unichar()
|
|
*/
|
|
INVALID_CODE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* a character used by multiple different scripts
|
|
*/
|
|
COMMON,
|
|
/**
|
|
* a mark glyph that takes its script from the
|
|
* base glyph to which it is attached
|
|
*/
|
|
INHERITED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Arabic
|
|
*/
|
|
ARABIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Armenian
|
|
*/
|
|
ARMENIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Bengali
|
|
*/
|
|
BENGALI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Bopomofo
|
|
*/
|
|
BOPOMOFO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cherokee
|
|
*/
|
|
CHEROKEE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Coptic
|
|
*/
|
|
COPTIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cyrillic
|
|
*/
|
|
CYRILLIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deseret
|
|
*/
|
|
DESERET,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Devanagari
|
|
*/
|
|
DEVANAGARI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Ethiopic
|
|
*/
|
|
ETHIOPIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Georgian
|
|
*/
|
|
GEORGIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gothic
|
|
*/
|
|
GOTHIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Greek
|
|
*/
|
|
GREEK,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gujarati
|
|
*/
|
|
GUJARATI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gurmukhi
|
|
*/
|
|
GURMUKHI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Han
|
|
*/
|
|
HAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hangul
|
|
*/
|
|
HANGUL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hebrew
|
|
*/
|
|
HEBREW,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hiragana
|
|
*/
|
|
HIRAGANA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Kannada
|
|
*/
|
|
KANNADA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Katakana
|
|
*/
|
|
KATAKANA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Khmer
|
|
*/
|
|
KHMER,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lao
|
|
*/
|
|
LAO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Latin
|
|
*/
|
|
LATIN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Malayalam
|
|
*/
|
|
MALAYALAM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Mongolian
|
|
*/
|
|
MONGOLIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Myanmar
|
|
*/
|
|
MYANMAR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Ogham
|
|
*/
|
|
OGHAM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Old Italic
|
|
*/
|
|
OLD_ITALIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Oriya
|
|
*/
|
|
ORIYA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Runic
|
|
*/
|
|
RUNIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sinhala
|
|
*/
|
|
SINHALA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Syriac
|
|
*/
|
|
SYRIAC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tamil
|
|
*/
|
|
TAMIL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Telugu
|
|
*/
|
|
TELUGU,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Thaana
|
|
*/
|
|
THAANA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Thai
|
|
*/
|
|
THAI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tibetan
|
|
*/
|
|
TIBETAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Canadian Aboriginal
|
|
*/
|
|
CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Yi
|
|
*/
|
|
YI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tagalog
|
|
*/
|
|
TAGALOG,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hanunoo
|
|
*/
|
|
HANUNOO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Buhid
|
|
*/
|
|
BUHID,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tagbanwa
|
|
*/
|
|
TAGBANWA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Braille
|
|
*/
|
|
BRAILLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cypriot
|
|
*/
|
|
CYPRIOT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Limbu
|
|
*/
|
|
LIMBU,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Osmanya
|
|
*/
|
|
OSMANYA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Shavian
|
|
*/
|
|
SHAVIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Linear B
|
|
*/
|
|
LINEAR_B,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tai Le
|
|
*/
|
|
TAI_LE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Ugaritic
|
|
*/
|
|
UGARITIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* New Tai Lue. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
NEW_TAI_LUE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Buginese. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
BUGINESE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Glagolitic. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
GLAGOLITIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tifinagh. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
TIFINAGH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Syloti Nagri. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
SYLOTI_NAGRI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Old Persian. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
OLD_PERSIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Kharoshthi. Since 1.10
|
|
*/
|
|
KHAROSHTHI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* an unassigned code point. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
UNKNOWN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Balinese. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
BALINESE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cuneiform. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
CUNEIFORM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Phoenician. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
PHOENICIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Phags-pa. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
PHAGS_PA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* N'Ko. Since 1.14
|
|
*/
|
|
NKO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Kayah Li. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
KAYAH_LI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lepcha. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
LEPCHA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Rejang. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
REJANG,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sundanese. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
SUNDANESE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Saurashtra. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
SAURASHTRA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cham. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
CHAM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Ol Chiki. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
OL_CHIKI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Vai. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
VAI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Carian. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
CARIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lycian. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
LYCIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lydian. Since 1.20.1
|
|
*/
|
|
LYDIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Batak. Since 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
BATAK,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Brahmi. Since 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
BRAHMI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Mandaic. Since 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
MANDAIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Chakma. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
CHAKMA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Meroitic Cursive. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
MEROITIC_CURSIVE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Meroitic Hieroglyphs. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
MEROITIC_HIEROGLYPHS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Miao. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
MIAO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sharada. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
SHARADA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sora Sompeng. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
SORA_SOMPENG,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Takri. Since: 1.32
|
|
*/
|
|
TAKRI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Bassa. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
BASSA_VAH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Caucasian Albanian. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
CAUCASIAN_ALBANIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Duployan. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
DUPLOYAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Elbasan. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
ELBASAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Grantha. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
GRANTHA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Kjohki. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
KHOJKI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Khudawadi, Sindhi. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
KHUDAWADI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Linear A. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
LINEAR_A,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Mahajani. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MAHAJANI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Manichaean. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MANICHAEAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Mende Kikakui. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MENDE_KIKAKUI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Modi. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MODI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Mro. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MRO,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Nabataean. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
NABATAEAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Old North Arabian. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
OLD_NORTH_ARABIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Old Permic. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
OLD_PERMIC,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Pahawh Hmong. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
PAHAWH_HMONG,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Palmyrene. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
PALMYRENE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Pau Cin Hau. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
PAU_CIN_HAU,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Psalter Pahlavi. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
PSALTER_PAHLAVI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Siddham. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
SIDDHAM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Tirhuta. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
TIRHUTA,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Warang Citi. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
WARANG_CITI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Ahom. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
AHOM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Anatolian Hieroglyphs. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
ANATOLIAN_HIEROGLYPHS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Hatran. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
HATRAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Multani. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
MULTANI,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Old Hungarian. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
OLD_HUNGARIAN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Signwriting. Since: 1.40
|
|
*/
|
|
SIGNWRITING,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration specifying the width of the font relative to other designs
|
|
* within a family.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Stretch {
|
|
/**
|
|
* ultra condensed width
|
|
*/
|
|
ULTRA_CONDENSED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* extra condensed width
|
|
*/
|
|
EXTRA_CONDENSED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* condensed width
|
|
*/
|
|
CONDENSED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* semi condensed width
|
|
*/
|
|
SEMI_CONDENSED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the normal width
|
|
*/
|
|
NORMAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* semi expanded width
|
|
*/
|
|
SEMI_EXPANDED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* expanded width
|
|
*/
|
|
EXPANDED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* extra expanded width
|
|
*/
|
|
EXTRA_EXPANDED,
|
|
/**
|
|
* ultra expanded width
|
|
*/
|
|
ULTRA_EXPANDED,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration specifying the various slant styles possible for a font.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Style {
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font is upright.
|
|
*/
|
|
NORMAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font is slanted, but in a roman style.
|
|
*/
|
|
OBLIQUE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font is slanted in an italic style.
|
|
*/
|
|
ITALIC,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoTabAlign` specifies where the text appears relative to the tab stop
|
|
* position.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum TabAlign {
|
|
/**
|
|
* the text appears to the right of the tab stop position
|
|
*/
|
|
LEFT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the text appears to the left of the tab stop position
|
|
* until the available space is filled. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
RIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the text is centered at the tab stop position
|
|
* until the available space is filled. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
CENTER,
|
|
/**
|
|
* text before the first occurrence of the decimal point
|
|
* character appears to the left of the tab stop position (until the available
|
|
* space is filled), the rest to the right. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
DECIMAL,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration that affects how Pango treats characters during shaping.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum TextTransform {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Leave text unchanged
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Display letters and numbers as lowercase
|
|
*/
|
|
LOWERCASE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Display letters and numbers as uppercase
|
|
*/
|
|
UPPERCASE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Display the first character of a word
|
|
* in titlecase
|
|
*/
|
|
CAPITALIZE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoUnderline` enumeration is used to specify whether text
|
|
* should be underlined, and if so, the type of underlining.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Underline {
|
|
/**
|
|
* no underline should be drawn
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* a single underline should be drawn
|
|
*/
|
|
SINGLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* a double underline should be drawn
|
|
*/
|
|
DOUBLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* a single underline should be drawn at a
|
|
* position beneath the ink extents of the text being
|
|
* underlined. This should be used only for underlining
|
|
* single characters, such as for keyboard accelerators.
|
|
* %PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE should be used for extended
|
|
* portions of text.
|
|
*/
|
|
LOW,
|
|
/**
|
|
* an underline indicating an error should
|
|
* be drawn below. The exact style of rendering is up to the
|
|
* `PangoRenderer` in use, but typical styles include wavy
|
|
* or dotted lines.
|
|
* This underline is typically used to indicate an error such
|
|
* as a possible mispelling; in some cases a contrasting color
|
|
* may automatically be used. This type of underlining is
|
|
* available since Pango 1.4.
|
|
*/
|
|
ERROR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Like `PANGO_UNDERLINE_SINGLE,` but
|
|
* drawn continuously across multiple runs. This type
|
|
* of underlining is available since Pango 1.46.
|
|
*/
|
|
SINGLE_LINE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Like `PANGO_UNDERLINE_DOUBLE,` but
|
|
* drawn continuously across multiple runs. This type
|
|
* of underlining is available since Pango 1.46.
|
|
*/
|
|
DOUBLE_LINE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Like `PANGO_UNDERLINE_ERROR,` but
|
|
* drawn continuously across multiple runs. This type
|
|
* of underlining is available since Pango 1.46.
|
|
*/
|
|
ERROR_LINE,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration specifying capitalization variant of the font.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Variant {
|
|
/**
|
|
* A normal font.
|
|
*/
|
|
NORMAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with the lower case characters
|
|
* replaced by smaller variants of the capital characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
SMALL_CAPS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with all characters
|
|
* replaced by smaller variants of the capital characters. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
ALL_SMALL_CAPS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with the lower case characters
|
|
* replaced by smaller variants of the capital characters.
|
|
* Petite Caps can be even smaller than Small Caps. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
PETITE_CAPS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with all characters
|
|
* replaced by smaller variants of the capital characters.
|
|
* Petite Caps can be even smaller than Small Caps. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
ALL_PETITE_CAPS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with the upper case characters
|
|
* replaced by smaller variants of the capital letters. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
UNICASE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* A font with capital letters that
|
|
* are more suitable for all-uppercase titles. Since: 1.50
|
|
*/
|
|
TITLE_CAPS,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* An enumeration specifying the weight (boldness) of a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* Weight is specified as a numeric value ranging from 100 to 1000.
|
|
* This enumeration simply provides some common, predefined values.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum Weight {
|
|
/**
|
|
* the thin weight (= 100) Since: 1.24
|
|
*/
|
|
THIN,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the ultralight weight (= 200)
|
|
*/
|
|
ULTRALIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the light weight (= 300)
|
|
*/
|
|
LIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the semilight weight (= 350) Since: 1.36.7
|
|
*/
|
|
SEMILIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the book weight (= 380) Since: 1.24)
|
|
*/
|
|
BOOK,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the default weight (= 400)
|
|
*/
|
|
NORMAL,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the medium weight (= 500) Since: 1.24
|
|
*/
|
|
MEDIUM,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the semibold weight (= 600)
|
|
*/
|
|
SEMIBOLD,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the bold weight (= 700)
|
|
*/
|
|
BOLD,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the ultrabold weight (= 800)
|
|
*/
|
|
ULTRABOLD,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the heavy weight (= 900)
|
|
*/
|
|
HEAVY,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the ultraheavy weight (= 1000) Since: 1.24
|
|
*/
|
|
ULTRAHEAVY,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoWrapMode` describes how to wrap the lines of a `PangoLayout`
|
|
* to the desired width.
|
|
*
|
|
* For `PANGO_WRAP_WORD,` Pango uses break opportunities that are determined
|
|
* by the Unicode line breaking algorithm. For `PANGO_WRAP_CHAR,` Pango allows
|
|
* breaking at grapheme boundaries that are determined by the Unicode text
|
|
* segmentation algorithm.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum WrapMode {
|
|
/**
|
|
* wrap lines at word boundaries.
|
|
*/
|
|
WORD,
|
|
/**
|
|
* wrap lines at character boundaries.
|
|
*/
|
|
CHAR,
|
|
/**
|
|
* wrap lines at word boundaries, but fall back to
|
|
* character boundaries if there is not enough space for a full word.
|
|
*/
|
|
WORD_CHAR,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* The bits in a `PangoFontMask` correspond to the set fields in a
|
|
* `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
* @bitfield
|
|
*/
|
|
enum FontMask {
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font family is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
FAMILY,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font style is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
STYLE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font variant is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
VARIANT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font weight is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
WEIGHT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font stretch is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
STRETCH,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font size is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
SIZE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font gravity is specified (Since: 1.16.)
|
|
*/
|
|
GRAVITY,
|
|
/**
|
|
* OpenType font variations are specified (Since: 1.42)
|
|
*/
|
|
VARIATIONS,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Flags that influence the behavior of [func`Pango`.Layout.deserialize].
|
|
*
|
|
* New members may be added to this enumeration over time.
|
|
* @bitfield
|
|
*/
|
|
enum LayoutDeserializeFlags {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Default behavior
|
|
*/
|
|
DEFAULT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Apply context information
|
|
* from the serialization to the `PangoContext`
|
|
*/
|
|
CONTEXT,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Flags that influence the behavior of [method`Pango`.Layout.serialize].
|
|
*
|
|
* New members may be added to this enumeration over time.
|
|
* @bitfield
|
|
*/
|
|
enum LayoutSerializeFlags {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Default behavior
|
|
*/
|
|
DEFAULT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Include context information
|
|
*/
|
|
CONTEXT,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Include information about the formatted output
|
|
*/
|
|
OUTPUT,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Flags influencing the shaping process.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoShapeFlags` can be passed to [func`Pango`.shape_with_flags].
|
|
* @bitfield
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ShapeFlags {
|
|
/**
|
|
* Default value
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Round glyph positions and widths to whole device units
|
|
* This option should be set if the target renderer can't do subpixel positioning of glyphs
|
|
*/
|
|
ROUND_POSITIONS,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* These flags affect how Pango treats characters that are normally
|
|
* not visible in the output.
|
|
* @bitfield
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ShowFlags {
|
|
/**
|
|
* No special treatment for invisible characters
|
|
*/
|
|
NONE,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Render spaces, tabs and newlines visibly
|
|
*/
|
|
SPACES,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Render line breaks visibly
|
|
*/
|
|
LINE_BREAKS,
|
|
/**
|
|
* Render default-ignorable Unicode
|
|
* characters visibly
|
|
*/
|
|
IGNORABLES,
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Whether the segment should be shifted to center around the baseline.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly used in vertical writing directions.
|
|
*/
|
|
const ANALYSIS_FLAG_CENTERED_BASELINE: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Whether this run holds ellipsized text.
|
|
*/
|
|
const ANALYSIS_FLAG_IS_ELLIPSIS: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Whether to add a hyphen at the end of the run during shaping.
|
|
*/
|
|
const ANALYSIS_FLAG_NEED_HYPHEN: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Value for `start_index` in `PangoAttribute` that indicates
|
|
* the beginning of the text.
|
|
*/
|
|
const ATTR_INDEX_FROM_TEXT_BEGINNING: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Value for `end_index` in `PangoAttribute` that indicates
|
|
* the end of the text.
|
|
*/
|
|
const ATTR_INDEX_TO_TEXT_END: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyph` value that indicates a zero-width empty glpyh.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful for example in shaper modules, to use as the glyph for
|
|
* various zero-width Unicode characters (those passing [func`is_zero_width]`).
|
|
*/
|
|
const GLYPH_EMPTY: Glyph
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyph` value for invalid input.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoLayout` produces one such glyph per invalid input UTF-8 byte and such
|
|
* a glyph is rendered as a crossed box.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this value is defined such that it has the %PANGO_GLYPH_UNKNOWN_FLAG
|
|
* set.
|
|
*/
|
|
const GLYPH_INVALID_INPUT: Glyph
|
|
/**
|
|
* Flag used in `PangoGlyph` to turn a `gunichar` value of a valid Unicode
|
|
* character into an unknown-character glyph for that `gunichar`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Such unknown-character glyphs may be rendered as a 'hex box'.
|
|
*/
|
|
const GLYPH_UNKNOWN_FLAG: Glyph
|
|
/**
|
|
* The scale between dimensions used for Pango distances and device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* The definition of device units is dependent on the output device; it will
|
|
* typically be pixels for a screen, and points for a printer. %PANGO_SCALE is
|
|
* currently 1024, but this may be changed in the future.
|
|
*
|
|
* When setting font sizes, device units are always considered to be
|
|
* points (as in "12 point font"), rather than pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
const SCALE: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* The major component of the version of Pango available at compile-time.
|
|
*/
|
|
const VERSION_MAJOR: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* The micro component of the version of Pango available at compile-time.
|
|
*/
|
|
const VERSION_MICRO: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* The minor component of the version of Pango available at compile-time.
|
|
*/
|
|
const VERSION_MINOR: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* A string literal containing the version of Pango available at compile-time.
|
|
*/
|
|
const VERSION_STRING: string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new allow-breaks attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* If breaks are disabled, the range will be kept in a
|
|
* single run, as far as possible.
|
|
* @param allow_breaks %TRUE if we line breaks are allowed
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_allow_breaks_new(allow_breaks: boolean): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new background alpha attribute.
|
|
* @param alpha the alpha value, between 1 and 65536
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_background_alpha_new(alpha: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new background color attribute.
|
|
* @param red the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535)
|
|
* @param green the green value
|
|
* @param blue the blue value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_background_new(red: number, green: number, blue: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new baseline displacement attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* The effect of this attribute is to shift the baseline of a run,
|
|
* relative to the run of preceding run.
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="baseline-shift-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Baseline Shift" src="baseline-shift-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
* @param shift either a `PangoBaselineShift` enumeration value or an absolute value (> 1024) in Pango units, relative to the baseline of the previous run. Positive values displace the text upwards.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_baseline_shift_new(shift: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Apply customization from attributes to the breaks in `attrs`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The line breaks are assumed to have been produced
|
|
* by [func`Pango`.default_break] and [func`Pango`.tailor_break].
|
|
* @param text text to break. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length of text in bytes (may be -1 if `text` is nul-terminated)
|
|
* @param attr_list `PangoAttrList` to apply
|
|
* @param offset Byte offset of `text` from the beginning of the paragraph
|
|
* @param attrs array with one `PangoLogAttr` per character in `text,` plus one extra, to be filled in
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_break(text: string | null, length: number, attr_list: AttrList, offset: number, attrs: LogAttr[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font fallback attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* If fallback is disabled, characters will only be
|
|
* used from the closest matching font on the system.
|
|
* No fallback will be done to other fonts on the system
|
|
* that might contain the characters in the text.
|
|
* @param enable_fallback %TRUE if we should fall back on other fonts for characters the active font is missing
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_fallback_new(enable_fallback: boolean): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font family attribute.
|
|
* @param family the family or comma-separated list of families
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_family_new(family: string | null): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font description attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attribute allows setting family, style, weight, variant,
|
|
* stretch, and size simultaneously.
|
|
* @param desc the font description
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_font_desc_new(desc: FontDescription): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font features tag attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can use this attribute to select OpenType font features like small-caps,
|
|
* alternative glyphs, ligatures, etc. for fonts that support them.
|
|
* @param features a string with OpenType font features, with the syntax of the [CSS font-feature-settings property](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-fonts-4/#font-rend-desc)
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_font_features_new(features: string | null): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font scale attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* The effect of this attribute is to change the font size of a run,
|
|
* relative to the size of preceding run.
|
|
* @param scale a `PangoFontScale` value, which indicates font size change relative to the size of the previous run.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_font_scale_new(scale: FontScale): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new foreground alpha attribute.
|
|
* @param alpha the alpha value, between 1 and 65536
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_foreground_alpha_new(alpha: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new foreground color attribute.
|
|
* @param red the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535)
|
|
* @param green the green value
|
|
* @param blue the blue value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_foreground_new(red: number, green: number, blue: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new gravity hint attribute.
|
|
* @param hint the gravity hint value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_gravity_hint_new(hint: GravityHint): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new gravity attribute.
|
|
* @param gravity the gravity value; should not be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_gravity_new(gravity: Gravity): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new insert-hyphens attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* Pango will insert hyphens when breaking lines in
|
|
* the middle of a word. This attribute can be used
|
|
* to suppress the hyphen.
|
|
* @param insert_hyphens %TRUE if hyphens should be inserted
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_insert_hyphens_new(insert_hyphens: boolean): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new language tag attribute.
|
|
* @param language language tag
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_language_new(language: Language): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new letter-spacing attribute.
|
|
* @param letter_spacing amount of extra space to add between graphemes of the text, in Pango units
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_letter_spacing_new(letter_spacing: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Modify the height of logical line extents by a factor.
|
|
*
|
|
* This affects the values returned by
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_extents],
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_pixel_extents] and
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_line_extents].
|
|
* @param factor the scaling factor to apply to the logical height
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_line_height_new(factor: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Override the height of logical line extents to be `height`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This affects the values returned by
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_extents],
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_pixel_extents] and
|
|
* [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_line_extents].
|
|
* @param height the line height, in %PANGO_SCALE-ths of a point
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_line_height_new_absolute(height: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deserializes a `PangoAttrList` from a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the counterpart to [method`Pango`.AttrList.to_string].
|
|
* See that functions for details about the format.
|
|
* @param text a string
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoAttrList`
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_list_from_string(text: string | null): AttrList | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new overline color attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attribute modifies the color of overlines.
|
|
* If not set, overlines will use the foreground color.
|
|
* @param red the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535)
|
|
* @param green the green value
|
|
* @param blue the blue value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_overline_color_new(red: number, green: number, blue: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new overline-style attribute.
|
|
* @param overline the overline style
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_overline_new(overline: Overline): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new baseline displacement attribute.
|
|
* @param rise the amount that the text should be displaced vertically, in Pango units. Positive values displace the text upwards.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_rise_new(rise: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font size scale attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* The base font for the affected text will have
|
|
* its size multiplied by `scale_factor`.
|
|
* @param scale_factor factor to scale the font
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_scale_new(scale_factor: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Marks the range of the attribute as a single sentence.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this may require adjustments to word and
|
|
* sentence classification around the range.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_sentence_new(): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new shape attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* A shape is used to impose a particular ink and logical
|
|
* rectangle on the result of shaping a particular glyph.
|
|
* This might be used, for instance, for embedding a picture
|
|
* or a widget inside a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
* @param ink_rect ink rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param logical_rect logical rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_shape_new(ink_rect: Rectangle, logical_rect: Rectangle): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new shape attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* Like [func`Pango`.AttrShape.new], but a user data pointer
|
|
* is also provided; this pointer can be accessed when later
|
|
* rendering the glyph.
|
|
* @param ink_rect ink rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param logical_rect logical rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param data user data pointer
|
|
* @param copy_func function to copy `data` when the attribute is copied. If %NULL, `data` is simply copied as a pointer
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_shape_new_with_data(ink_rect: Rectangle, logical_rect: Rectangle, data: any | null, copy_func: AttrDataCopyFunc | null): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new attribute that influences how invisible
|
|
* characters are rendered.
|
|
* @param flags `PangoShowFlags` to apply
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_show_new(flags: ShowFlags): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font-size attribute in fractional points.
|
|
* @param size the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE-ths of a point
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_size_new(size: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font-size attribute in device units.
|
|
* @param size the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE-ths of a device unit
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_size_new_absolute(size: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font stretch attribute.
|
|
* @param stretch the stretch
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_stretch_new(stretch: Stretch): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new strikethrough color attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attribute modifies the color of strikethrough lines.
|
|
* If not set, strikethrough lines will use the foreground color.
|
|
* @param red the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535)
|
|
* @param green the green value
|
|
* @param blue the blue value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_strikethrough_color_new(red: number, green: number, blue: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new strike-through attribute.
|
|
* @param strikethrough %TRUE if the text should be struck-through
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_strikethrough_new(strikethrough: boolean): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font slant style attribute.
|
|
* @param style the slant style
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_style_new(style: Style): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new attribute that influences how characters
|
|
* are transformed during shaping.
|
|
* @param transform `PangoTextTransform` to apply
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_text_transform_new(transform: TextTransform): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Fetches the attribute type name.
|
|
*
|
|
* The attribute type name is the string passed in
|
|
* when registering the type using
|
|
* [func`Pango`.AttrType.register].
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned value is an interned string (see
|
|
* g_intern_string() for what that means) that should
|
|
* not be modified or freed.
|
|
* @param type an attribute type ID to fetch the name for
|
|
* @returns the type ID name (which may be %NULL), or %NULL if @type is a built-in Pango attribute type or invalid.
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_type_get_name(type: AttrType): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Allocate a new attribute type ID.
|
|
*
|
|
* The attribute type name can be accessed later
|
|
* by using [func`Pango`.AttrType.get_name].
|
|
* @param name an identifier for the type
|
|
* @returns the new type ID.
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_type_register(name: string | null): AttrType
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new underline color attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attribute modifies the color of underlines.
|
|
* If not set, underlines will use the foreground color.
|
|
* @param red the red value (ranging from 0 to 65535)
|
|
* @param green the green value
|
|
* @param blue the blue value
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_underline_color_new(red: number, green: number, blue: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new underline-style attribute.
|
|
* @param underline the underline style
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_underline_new(underline: Underline): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font variant attribute (normal or small caps).
|
|
* @param variant the variant
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy].
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_variant_new(variant: Variant): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font weight attribute.
|
|
* @param weight the weight
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_weight_new(weight: Weight): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Marks the range of the attribute as a single word.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this may require adjustments to word and
|
|
* sentence classification around the range.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
function attr_word_new(): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines the bidirectional type of a character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The bidirectional type is specified in the Unicode Character Database.
|
|
*
|
|
* A simplified version of this function is available as [func`unichar_direction]`.
|
|
* @param ch a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns the bidirectional character type, as used in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm.
|
|
*/
|
|
function bidi_type_for_unichar(ch: string): BidiType
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines possible line, word, and character breaks
|
|
* for a string of Unicode text with a single analysis.
|
|
*
|
|
* For most purposes you may want to use [func`Pango`.get_log_attrs].
|
|
* @param text the text to process. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length of `text` in bytes (may be -1 if `text` is nul-terminated)
|
|
* @param analysis `PangoAnalysis` structure for `text`
|
|
* @param attrs an array to store character information in
|
|
*/
|
|
function break_TODO(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, attrs: LogAttr[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* This is the default break algorithm.
|
|
*
|
|
* It applies rules from the [Unicode Line Breaking Algorithm](http://www.unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr14/)
|
|
* without language-specific tailoring, therefore the `analyis` argument is unused
|
|
* and can be %NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [func`Pango`.tailor_break] for language-specific breaks.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [func`Pango`.attr_break] for attribute-based customization.
|
|
* @param text text to break. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length of text in bytes (may be -1 if `text` is nul-terminated)
|
|
* @param analysis a `PangoAnalysis` structure for the `text`
|
|
* @param attrs logical attributes to fill in
|
|
* @param attrs_len size of the array passed as `attrs`
|
|
*/
|
|
function default_break(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis | null, attrs: LogAttr, attrs_len: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts extents from Pango units to device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* The conversion is done by dividing by the %PANGO_SCALE factor and
|
|
* performing rounding.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `inclusive` rectangle is converted by flooring the x/y coordinates
|
|
* and extending width/height, such that the final rectangle completely
|
|
* includes the original rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `nearest` rectangle is converted by rounding the coordinates
|
|
* of the rectangle to the nearest device unit (pixel).
|
|
*
|
|
* The rule to which argument to use is: if you want the resulting device-space
|
|
* rectangle to completely contain the original rectangle, pass it in as
|
|
* `inclusive`. If you want two touching-but-not-overlapping rectangles stay
|
|
* touching-but-not-overlapping after rounding to device units, pass them in
|
|
* as `nearest`.
|
|
* @param inclusive rectangle to round to pixels inclusively
|
|
* @param nearest rectangle to round to nearest pixels
|
|
*/
|
|
function extents_to_pixels(inclusive: Rectangle | null, nearest: Rectangle | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Searches a string the first character that has a strong
|
|
* direction, according to the Unicode bidirectional algorithm.
|
|
* @param text the text to process. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length of `text` in bytes (may be -1 if `text` is nul-terminated)
|
|
* @returns The direction corresponding to the first strong character. If no such character is found, then %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
function find_base_dir(text: string | null, length: number): Direction
|
|
/**
|
|
* Locates a paragraph boundary in `text`.
|
|
*
|
|
* A boundary is caused by delimiter characters, such as
|
|
* a newline, carriage return, carriage return-newline pair,
|
|
* or Unicode paragraph separator character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The index of the run of delimiters is returned in
|
|
* `paragraph_delimiter_index`. The index of the start of the
|
|
* next paragraph (index after all delimiters) is stored n
|
|
* `next_paragraph_start`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no delimiters are found, both `paragraph_delimiter_index`
|
|
* and `next_paragraph_start` are filled with the length of `text`
|
|
* (an index one off the end).
|
|
* @param text UTF-8 text
|
|
* @param length length of `text` in bytes, or -1 if nul-terminated
|
|
*/
|
|
function find_paragraph_boundary(text: string | null, length: number): [ /* paragraph_delimiter_index */ number, /* next_paragraph_start */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new font description from a string representation.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string must have the form
|
|
*
|
|
* "\[FAMILY-LIST] \[STYLE-OPTIONS] \[SIZE] \[VARIATIONS]",
|
|
*
|
|
* where FAMILY-LIST is a comma-separated list of families optionally
|
|
* terminated by a comma, STYLE_OPTIONS is a whitespace-separated list
|
|
* of words where each word describes one of style, variant, weight,
|
|
* stretch, or gravity, and SIZE is a decimal number (size in points)
|
|
* or optionally followed by the unit modifier "px" for absolute size.
|
|
* VARIATIONS is a comma-separated list of font variation
|
|
* specifications of the form "\`axis=`value" (the = sign is optional).
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as styles:
|
|
* "Normal", "Roman", "Oblique", "Italic".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as variants:
|
|
* "Small-Caps", "All-Small-Caps", "Petite-Caps", "All-Petite-Caps",
|
|
* "Unicase", "Title-Caps".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as weights:
|
|
* "Thin", "Ultra-Light", "Extra-Light", "Light", "Semi-Light",
|
|
* "Demi-Light", "Book", "Regular", "Medium", "Semi-Bold", "Demi-Bold",
|
|
* "Bold", "Ultra-Bold", "Extra-Bold", "Heavy", "Black", "Ultra-Black",
|
|
* "Extra-Black".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as stretch values:
|
|
* "Ultra-Condensed", "Extra-Condensed", "Condensed", "Semi-Condensed",
|
|
* "Semi-Expanded", "Expanded", "Extra-Expanded", "Ultra-Expanded".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as gravity values:
|
|
* "Not-Rotated", "South", "Upside-Down", "North", "Rotated-Left",
|
|
* "East", "Rotated-Right", "West".
|
|
*
|
|
* Any one of the options may be absent. If FAMILY-LIST is absent, then
|
|
* the family_name field of the resulting font description will be
|
|
* initialized to %NULL. If STYLE-OPTIONS is missing, then all style
|
|
* options will be set to the default values. If SIZE is missing, the
|
|
* size in the resulting font description will be set to 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* A typical example:
|
|
*
|
|
* "Cantarell Italic Light 15 \`wght=`200"
|
|
* @param str string representation of a font description.
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*/
|
|
function font_description_from_string(str: string | null): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes a `PangoLogAttr` for each character in `text`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `attrs` array must have one `PangoLogAttr` for
|
|
* each position in `text;` if `text` contains N characters,
|
|
* it has N+1 positions, including the last position at the
|
|
* end of the text. `text` should be an entire paragraph;
|
|
* logical attributes can't be computed without context
|
|
* (for example you need to see spaces on either side of
|
|
* a word to know the word is a word).
|
|
* @param text text to process. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length in bytes of `text`
|
|
* @param level embedding level, or -1 if unknown
|
|
* @param language language tag
|
|
* @param attrs array with one `PangoLogAttr` per character in `text,` plus one extra, to be filled in
|
|
*/
|
|
function get_log_attrs(text: string | null, length: number, level: number, language: Language, attrs: LogAttr[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the mirrored character of a Unicode character.
|
|
*
|
|
* Mirror characters are determined by the Unicode mirrored property.
|
|
* @param ch a Unicode character
|
|
* @param mirrored_ch location to store the mirrored character
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character and @mirrored_ch is filled in, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
function get_mirror_char(ch: string, mirrored_ch: string): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Finds the gravity that best matches the rotation component
|
|
* in a `PangoMatrix`.
|
|
* @param matrix a `PangoMatrix`
|
|
* @returns the gravity of @matrix, which will never be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, or %PANGO_GRAVITY_SOUTH if @matrix is %NULL
|
|
*/
|
|
function gravity_get_for_matrix(matrix: Matrix | null): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the gravity to use in laying out a `PangoItem`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The gravity is determined based on the script, base gravity, and hint.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `base_gravity` is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the
|
|
* preferred gravity of `script`. To get the preferred gravity of a script,
|
|
* pass %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO and %PANGO_GRAVITY_HINT_STRONG in.
|
|
* @param script `PangoScript` to query
|
|
* @param base_gravity base gravity of the paragraph
|
|
* @param hint orientation hint
|
|
* @returns resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script
|
|
*/
|
|
function gravity_get_for_script(script: Script, base_gravity: Gravity, hint: GravityHint): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the gravity to use in laying out a single character
|
|
* or `PangoItem`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The gravity is determined based on the script, East Asian width,
|
|
* base gravity, and hint,
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is similar to [func`Pango`.Gravity.get_for_script] except
|
|
* that this function makes a distinction between narrow/half-width and
|
|
* wide/full-width characters also. Wide/full-width characters always
|
|
* stand *upright*, that is, they always take the base gravity,
|
|
* whereas narrow/full-width characters are always rotated in vertical
|
|
* context.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `base_gravity` is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, it is first replaced with the
|
|
* preferred gravity of `script`.
|
|
* @param script `PangoScript` to query
|
|
* @param wide %TRUE for wide characters as returned by g_unichar_iswide()
|
|
* @param base_gravity base gravity of the paragraph
|
|
* @param hint orientation hint
|
|
* @returns resolved gravity suitable to use for a run of text with @script and @wide.
|
|
*/
|
|
function gravity_get_for_script_and_width(script: Script, wide: boolean, base_gravity: Gravity, hint: GravityHint): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts a `PangoGravity` value to its natural rotation in radians.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that [method`Pango`.Matrix.rotate] takes angle in degrees, not radians.
|
|
* So, to call [method`Pango`.Matrix,rotate] with the output of this function
|
|
* you should multiply it by (180. / G_PI).
|
|
* @param gravity gravity to query, should not be %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO
|
|
* @returns the rotation value corresponding to @gravity.
|
|
*/
|
|
function gravity_to_rotation(gravity: Gravity): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Checks if a character that should not be normally rendered.
|
|
*
|
|
* This includes all Unicode characters with "ZERO WIDTH" in their name,
|
|
* as well as *bidi* formatting characters, and a few other ones.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is totally different from [func`GLib`.unichar_iszerowidth] and is at best misnamed.
|
|
* @param ch a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @ch is a zero-width character, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
function is_zero_width(ch: string): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Breaks a piece of text into segments with consistent directional
|
|
* level and font.
|
|
*
|
|
* Each byte of `text` will be contained in exactly one of the items in the
|
|
* returned list; the generated list of items will be in logical order (the
|
|
* start offsets of the items are ascending).
|
|
*
|
|
* `cached_iter` should be an iterator over `attrs` currently positioned
|
|
* at a range before or containing `start_index;` `cached_iter` will be
|
|
* advanced to the range covering the position just after
|
|
* `start_index` + `length`. (i.e. if itemizing in a loop, just keep passing
|
|
* in the same `cached_iter)`.
|
|
* @param context a structure holding information that affects the itemization process.
|
|
* @param text the text to itemize. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param start_index first byte in `text` to process
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) to process after `start_index`. This must be >= 0.
|
|
* @param attrs the set of attributes that apply to `text`.
|
|
* @param cached_iter Cached attribute iterator
|
|
* @returns a `GList` of [struct@Pango.Item] structures. The items should be freed using [method@Pango.Item.free] in combination with [func@GLib.List.free_full].
|
|
*/
|
|
function itemize(context: Context, text: string | null, start_index: number, length: number, attrs: AttrList, cached_iter: AttrIterator | null): Item[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Like `pango_itemize()`, but with an explicitly specified base direction.
|
|
*
|
|
* The base direction is used when computing bidirectional levels.
|
|
* [func`itemize]` gets the base direction from the `PangoContext`
|
|
* (see [method`Pango`.Context.set_base_dir]).
|
|
* @param context a structure holding information that affects the itemization process.
|
|
* @param base_dir base direction to use for bidirectional processing
|
|
* @param text the text to itemize.
|
|
* @param start_index first byte in `text` to process
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) to process after `start_index`. This must be >= 0.
|
|
* @param attrs the set of attributes that apply to `text`.
|
|
* @param cached_iter Cached attribute iterator
|
|
* @returns a `GList` of [struct@Pango.Item] structures. The items should be freed using [method@Pango.Item.free] probably in combination with [func@GLib.List.free_full].
|
|
*/
|
|
function itemize_with_base_dir(context: Context, base_dir: Direction, text: string | null, start_index: number, length: number, attrs: AttrList, cached_iter: AttrIterator | null): Item[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert a language tag to a `PangoLanguage`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The language tag must be in a RFC-3066 format. `PangoLanguage` pointers
|
|
* can be efficiently copied (copy the pointer) and compared with other
|
|
* language tags (compare the pointer.)
|
|
*
|
|
* This function first canonicalizes the string by converting it to
|
|
* lowercase, mapping '_' to '-', and stripping all characters other
|
|
* than letters and '-'.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [func`Pango`.Language.get_default] if you want to get the
|
|
* `PangoLanguage` for the current locale of the process.
|
|
* @param language a string representing a language tag
|
|
* @returns a `PangoLanguage`
|
|
*/
|
|
function language_from_string(language: string | null): Language | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the `PangoLanguage` for the current locale of the process.
|
|
*
|
|
* On Unix systems, this is the return value is derived from
|
|
* `setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL)`, and the user can
|
|
* affect this through the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or
|
|
* LANG (checked in that order). The locale string typically is in
|
|
* the form lang_COUNTRY, where lang is an ISO-639 language code, and
|
|
* COUNTRY is an ISO-3166 country code. For instance, sv_FI for
|
|
* Swedish as written in Finland or pt_BR for Portuguese as written in
|
|
* Brazil.
|
|
*
|
|
* On Windows, the C library does not use any such environment
|
|
* variables, and setting them won't affect the behavior of functions
|
|
* like ctime(). The user sets the locale through the Regional Options
|
|
* in the Control Panel. The C library (in the setlocale() function)
|
|
* does not use country and language codes, but country and language
|
|
* names spelled out in English.
|
|
* However, this function does check the above environment
|
|
* variables, and does return a Unix-style locale string based on
|
|
* either said environment variables or the thread's current locale.
|
|
*
|
|
* Your application should call `setlocale(LC_ALL, "")` for the user
|
|
* settings to take effect. GTK does this in its initialization
|
|
* functions automatically (by calling gtk_set_locale()).
|
|
* See the setlocale() manpage for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the default language can change over the life of an application.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also note that this function will not do the right thing if you
|
|
* use per-thread locales with uselocale(). In that case, you should
|
|
* just call pango_language_from_string() yourself.
|
|
* @returns the default language as a `PangoLanguage`
|
|
*/
|
|
function language_get_default(): Language
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the list of languages that the user prefers.
|
|
*
|
|
* The list is specified by the `PANGO_LANGUAGE` or `LANGUAGE`
|
|
* environment variables, in order of preference. Note that this
|
|
* list does not necessarily include the language returned by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.Language.get_default].
|
|
*
|
|
* When choosing language-specific resources, such as the sample
|
|
* text returned by [method`Pango`.Language.get_sample_string],
|
|
* you should first try the default language, followed by the
|
|
* languages returned by this function.
|
|
* @returns a %NULL-terminated array of `PangoLanguage`*
|
|
*/
|
|
function language_get_preferred(): Language[] | null
|
|
function layout_deserialize_error_quark(): GLib.Quark
|
|
/**
|
|
* Return the bidirectional embedding levels of the input paragraph.
|
|
*
|
|
* The bidirectional embedding levels are defined by the [Unicode Bidirectional
|
|
* Algorithm](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/).
|
|
*
|
|
* If the input base direction is a weak direction, the direction of the
|
|
* characters in the text will determine the final resolved direction.
|
|
* @param text the text to itemize.
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) to process, or -1 if `text` is nul-terminated and the length should be calculated.
|
|
* @param pbase_dir input base direction, and output resolved direction.
|
|
* @returns a newly allocated array of embedding levels, one item per character (not byte), that should be freed using [func@GLib.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
function log2vis_get_embedding_levels(text: string | null, length: number, pbase_dir: Direction): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Finishes parsing markup.
|
|
*
|
|
* After feeding a Pango markup parser some data with [method`GLib`.MarkupParseContext.parse],
|
|
* use this function to get the list of attributes and text out of the
|
|
* markup. This function will not free `context,` use [method`GLib`.MarkupParseContext.free]
|
|
* to do so.
|
|
* @param context A valid parse context that was returned from [func`markup_parser_new]`
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if @error is set, otherwise %TRUE
|
|
*/
|
|
function markup_parser_finish(context: GLib.MarkupParseContext): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* attr_list */ AttrList, /* text */ string | null, /* accel_char */ string ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Incrementally parses marked-up text to create a plain-text string
|
|
* and an attribute list.
|
|
*
|
|
* See the [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html) docs for details about the
|
|
* supported markup.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `accel_marker` is nonzero, the given character will mark the
|
|
* character following it as an accelerator. For example, `accel_marker`
|
|
* might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked
|
|
* as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute,
|
|
* and the first character so marked will be returned in `accel_char,`
|
|
* when calling [func`markup_parser_finish]`. Two `accel_marker` characters
|
|
* following each other produce a single literal `accel_marker` character.
|
|
*
|
|
* To feed markup to the parser, use [method`GLib`.MarkupParseContext.parse]
|
|
* on the returned [struct`GLib`.MarkupParseContext]. When done with feeding markup
|
|
* to the parser, use [func`markup_parser_finish]` to get the data out
|
|
* of it, and then use [method`GLib`.MarkupParseContext.free] to free it.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is designed for applications that read Pango markup
|
|
* from streams. To simply parse a string containing Pango markup,
|
|
* the [func`Pango`.parse_markup] API is recommended instead.
|
|
* @param accel_marker character that precedes an accelerator, or 0 for none
|
|
* @returns a `GMarkupParseContext` that should be destroyed with [method@GLib.MarkupParseContext.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
function markup_parser_new(accel_marker: string): GLib.MarkupParseContext
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses an enum type and stores the result in `value`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `str` does not match the nick name of any of the possible values
|
|
* for the enum and is not an integer, %FALSE is returned, a warning
|
|
* is issued if `warn` is %TRUE, and a string representing the list of
|
|
* possible values is stored in `possible_values`. The list is
|
|
* slash-separated, eg. "none/start/middle/end".
|
|
*
|
|
* If failed and `possible_values` is not %NULL, returned string should
|
|
* be freed using g_free().
|
|
* @param type enum type to parse, eg. %PANGO_TYPE_ELLIPSIZE_MODE
|
|
* @param str string to parse
|
|
* @param warn if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_enum(type: GObject.GType, str: string | null, warn: boolean): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* value */ number, /* possible_values */ string | null ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses marked-up text to create a plain-text string and an attribute list.
|
|
*
|
|
* See the [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html) docs for details about the
|
|
* supported markup.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `accel_marker` is nonzero, the given character will mark the
|
|
* character following it as an accelerator. For example, `accel_marker`
|
|
* might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked
|
|
* as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute,
|
|
* and the first character so marked will be returned in `accel_char`.
|
|
* Two `accel_marker` characters following each other produce a single
|
|
* literal `accel_marker` character.
|
|
*
|
|
* To parse a stream of pango markup incrementally, use [func`markup_parser_new]`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If any error happens, none of the output arguments are touched except
|
|
* for `error`.
|
|
* @param markup_text markup to parse (see the [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html) docs)
|
|
* @param length length of `markup_text,` or -1 if nul-terminated
|
|
* @param accel_marker character that precedes an accelerator, or 0 for none
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if @error is set, otherwise %TRUE
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_markup(markup_text: string | null, length: number, accel_marker: string): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* attr_list */ AttrList, /* text */ string | null, /* accel_char */ string ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses a font stretch.
|
|
*
|
|
* The allowed values are
|
|
* "ultra_condensed", "extra_condensed", "condensed",
|
|
* "semi_condensed", "normal", "semi_expanded", "expanded",
|
|
* "extra_expanded" and "ultra_expanded". Case variations are
|
|
* ignored and the '_' characters may be omitted.
|
|
* @param str a string to parse.
|
|
* @param warn if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_stretch(str: string | null, warn: boolean): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* stretch */ Stretch ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses a font style.
|
|
*
|
|
* The allowed values are "normal", "italic" and "oblique", case
|
|
* variations being
|
|
* ignored.
|
|
* @param str a string to parse.
|
|
* @param warn if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_style(str: string | null, warn: boolean): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* style */ Style ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses a font variant.
|
|
*
|
|
* The allowed values are "normal", "small-caps", "all-small-caps",
|
|
* "petite-caps", "all-petite-caps", "unicase" and "title-caps",
|
|
* case variations being ignored.
|
|
* @param str a string to parse.
|
|
* @param warn if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_variant(str: string | null, warn: boolean): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* variant */ Variant ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Parses a font weight.
|
|
*
|
|
* The allowed values are "heavy",
|
|
* "ultrabold", "bold", "normal", "light", "ultraleight"
|
|
* and integers. Case variations are ignored.
|
|
* @param str a string to parse.
|
|
* @param warn if %TRUE, issue a g_warning() on bad input.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @str was successfully parsed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function parse_weight(str: string | null, warn: boolean): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* weight */ Weight ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Quantizes the thickness and position of a line to whole device pixels.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is typically used for underline or strikethrough. The purpose of
|
|
* this function is to avoid such lines looking blurry.
|
|
*
|
|
* Care is taken to make sure `thickness` is at least one pixel when this
|
|
* function returns, but returned `position` may become zero as a result
|
|
* of rounding.
|
|
* @param thickness pointer to the thickness of a line, in Pango units
|
|
* @param position corresponding position
|
|
*/
|
|
function quantize_line_geometry(thickness: number, position: number): [ /* thickness */ number, /* position */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Reads an entire line from a file into a buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* Lines may be delimited with '\n', '\r', '\n\r', or '\r\n'. The delimiter
|
|
* is not written into the buffer. Text after a '#' character is treated as
|
|
* a comment and skipped. '\' can be used to escape a # character.
|
|
* '\' proceeding a line delimiter combines adjacent lines. A '\' proceeding
|
|
* any other character is ignored and written into the output buffer
|
|
* unmodified.
|
|
* @param stream a stdio stream
|
|
* @param str `GString` buffer into which to write the result
|
|
* @returns 0 if the stream was already at an %EOF character, otherwise the number of lines read (this is useful for maintaining a line number counter which doesn't combine lines with '\')
|
|
*/
|
|
function read_line(stream: any | null, str: GLib.String): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Reorder items from logical order to visual order.
|
|
*
|
|
* The visual order is determined from the associated directional
|
|
* levels of the items. The original list is unmodified.
|
|
*
|
|
* (Please open a bug if you use this function.
|
|
* It is not a particularly convenient interface, and the code
|
|
* is duplicated elsewhere in Pango for that reason.)
|
|
* @param items a `GList` of `PangoItem` in logical order.
|
|
* @returns a `GList` of `PangoItem` structures in visual order.
|
|
*/
|
|
function reorder_items(items: Item[]): Item[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Scans an integer.
|
|
*
|
|
* Leading white space is skipped.
|
|
* @param pos in/out string position
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if a parse error occurred
|
|
*/
|
|
function scan_int(pos: string | null): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* pos */ string | null, /* out */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Scans a string into a `GString` buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string may either be a sequence of non-white-space characters,
|
|
* or a quoted string with '"'. Instead a quoted string, '\"' represents
|
|
* a literal quote. Leading white space outside of quotes is skipped.
|
|
* @param pos in/out string position
|
|
* @param out a `GString` into which to write the result
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if a parse error occurred
|
|
*/
|
|
function scan_string(pos: string | null, out: GLib.String): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* pos */ string | null ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Scans a word into a `GString` buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* A word consists of [A-Za-z_] followed by zero or more
|
|
* [A-Za-z_0-9]. Leading white space is skipped.
|
|
* @param pos in/out string position
|
|
* @param out a `GString` into which to write the result
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if a parse error occurred
|
|
*/
|
|
function scan_word(pos: string | null, out: GLib.String): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* pos */ string | null ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Looks up the script for a particular character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The script of a character is defined by
|
|
* [Unicode Standard Annex 24: Script names](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr24/).
|
|
*
|
|
* No check is made for `ch` being a valid Unicode character; if you pass
|
|
* in invalid character, the result is undefined.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that while the return type of this function is declared
|
|
* as `PangoScript`, as of Pango 1.18, this function simply returns
|
|
* the return value of [func`GLib`.unichar_get_script]. Callers must be
|
|
* prepared to handle unknown values.
|
|
* @param ch a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns the `PangoScript` for the character.
|
|
*/
|
|
function script_for_unichar(ch: string): Script
|
|
/**
|
|
* Finds a language tag that is reasonably representative of `script`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The language will usually be the most widely spoken or used language
|
|
* written in that script: for instance, the sample language for
|
|
* %PANGO_SCRIPT_CYRILLIC is ru (Russian), the sample language for
|
|
* %PANGO_SCRIPT_ARABIC is ar.
|
|
*
|
|
* For some scripts, no sample language will be returned because
|
|
* there is no language that is sufficiently representative. The
|
|
* best example of this is %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN, where various different
|
|
* variants of written Chinese, Japanese, and Korean all use
|
|
* significantly different sets of Han characters and forms
|
|
* of shared characters. No sample language can be provided
|
|
* for many historical scripts as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* As of 1.18, this function checks the environment variables
|
|
* `PANGO_LANGUAGE` and `LANGUAGE` (checked in that order) first.
|
|
* If one of them is set, it is parsed as a list of language tags
|
|
* separated by colons or other separators. This function
|
|
* will return the first language in the parsed list that Pango
|
|
* believes may use `script` for writing. This last predicate
|
|
* is tested using [method`Pango`.Language.includes_script]. This can
|
|
* be used to control Pango's font selection for non-primary
|
|
* languages. For example, a `PANGO_LANGUAGE` enviroment variable
|
|
* set to "en:fa" makes Pango choose fonts suitable for Persian (fa)
|
|
* instead of Arabic (ar) when a segment of Arabic text is found
|
|
* in an otherwise non-Arabic text. The same trick can be used to
|
|
* choose a default language for %PANGO_SCRIPT_HAN when setting
|
|
* context language is not feasible.
|
|
* @param script a `PangoScript`
|
|
* @returns a `PangoLanguage` that is representative of the script
|
|
*/
|
|
function script_get_sample_language(script: Script): Language | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert the characters in `text` into glyphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a segment of text and the corresponding `PangoAnalysis` structure
|
|
* returned from [func`Pango`.itemize], convert the characters into glyphs. You
|
|
* may also pass in only a substring of the item from [func`Pango`.itemize].
|
|
*
|
|
* It is recommended that you use [func`Pango`.shape_full] instead, since
|
|
* that API allows for shaping interaction happening across text item
|
|
* boundaries.
|
|
*
|
|
* Some aspects of hyphen insertion and text transformation (in particular,
|
|
* capitalization) require log attrs, and thus can only be handled by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_item].
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the extra attributes in the `analyis` that is returned from
|
|
* [func`Pango`.itemize] have indices that are relative to the entire paragraph,
|
|
* so you need to subtract the item offset from their indices before
|
|
* calling [func`Pango`.shape].
|
|
* @param text the text to process
|
|
* @param length the length (in bytes) of `text`
|
|
* @param analysis `PangoAnalysis` structure from [func`Pango`.itemize]
|
|
* @param glyphs glyph string in which to store results
|
|
*/
|
|
function shape(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, glyphs: GlyphString): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert the characters in `text` into glyphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a segment of text and the corresponding `PangoAnalysis` structure
|
|
* returned from [func`Pango`.itemize], convert the characters into glyphs.
|
|
* You may also pass in only a substring of the item from [func`Pango`.itemize].
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to [func`Pango`.shape], except it also can optionally take
|
|
* the full paragraph text as input, which will then be used to perform
|
|
* certain cross-item shaping interactions. If you have access to the broader
|
|
* text of which `item_text` is part of, provide the broader text as
|
|
* `paragraph_text`. If `paragraph_text` is %NULL, item text is used instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* Some aspects of hyphen insertion and text transformation (in particular,
|
|
* capitalization) require log attrs, and thus can only be handled by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_item].
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the extra attributes in the `analyis` that is returned from
|
|
* [func`Pango`.itemize] have indices that are relative to the entire paragraph,
|
|
* so you do not pass the full paragraph text as `paragraph_text,` you need
|
|
* to subtract the item offset from their indices before calling
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_full].
|
|
* @param item_text valid UTF-8 text to shape.
|
|
* @param item_length the length (in bytes) of `item_text`. -1 means nul-terminated text.
|
|
* @param paragraph_text text of the paragraph (see details).
|
|
* @param paragraph_length the length (in bytes) of `paragraph_text`. -1 means nul-terminated text.
|
|
* @param analysis `PangoAnalysis` structure from [func`Pango`.itemize].
|
|
* @param glyphs glyph string in which to store results.
|
|
*/
|
|
function shape_full(item_text: string | null, item_length: number, paragraph_text: string | null, paragraph_length: number, analysis: Analysis, glyphs: GlyphString): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert the characters in `item` into glyphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to [func`Pango`.shape_with_flags], except it takes a
|
|
* `PangoItem` instead of separate `item_text` and `analysis` arguments.
|
|
*
|
|
* It also takes `log_attrs,` which are needed for implementing some aspects
|
|
* of hyphen insertion and text transforms (in particular, capitalization).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the extra attributes in the `analyis` that is returned from
|
|
* [func`Pango`.itemize] have indices that are relative to the entire paragraph,
|
|
* so you do not pass the full paragraph text as `paragraph_text,` you need
|
|
* to subtract the item offset from their indices before calling
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_with_flags].
|
|
* @param item `PangoItem` to shape
|
|
* @param paragraph_text text of the paragraph (see details).
|
|
* @param paragraph_length the length (in bytes) of `paragraph_text`. -1 means nul-terminated text.
|
|
* @param log_attrs array of `PangoLogAttr` for `item`
|
|
* @param glyphs glyph string in which to store results
|
|
* @param flags flags influencing the shaping process
|
|
*/
|
|
function shape_item(item: Item, paragraph_text: string | null, paragraph_length: number, log_attrs: LogAttr | null, glyphs: GlyphString, flags: ShapeFlags): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert the characters in `text` into glyphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a segment of text and the corresponding `PangoAnalysis` structure
|
|
* returned from [func`Pango`.itemize], convert the characters into glyphs.
|
|
* You may also pass in only a substring of the item from [func`Pango`.itemize].
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to [func`Pango`.shape_full], except it also takes flags
|
|
* that can influence the shaping process.
|
|
*
|
|
* Some aspects of hyphen insertion and text transformation (in particular,
|
|
* capitalization) require log attrs, and thus can only be handled by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_item].
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the extra attributes in the `analyis` that is returned from
|
|
* [func`Pango`.itemize] have indices that are relative to the entire paragraph,
|
|
* so you do not pass the full paragraph text as `paragraph_text,` you need
|
|
* to subtract the item offset from their indices before calling
|
|
* [func`Pango`.shape_with_flags].
|
|
* @param item_text valid UTF-8 text to shape
|
|
* @param item_length the length (in bytes) of `item_text`. -1 means nul-terminated text.
|
|
* @param paragraph_text text of the paragraph (see details).
|
|
* @param paragraph_length the length (in bytes) of `paragraph_text`. -1 means nul-terminated text.
|
|
* @param analysis `PangoAnalysis` structure from [func`Pango`.itemize]
|
|
* @param glyphs glyph string in which to store results
|
|
* @param flags flags influencing the shaping process
|
|
*/
|
|
function shape_with_flags(item_text: string | null, item_length: number, paragraph_text: string | null, paragraph_length: number, analysis: Analysis, glyphs: GlyphString, flags: ShapeFlags): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Skips 0 or more characters of white space.
|
|
* @param pos in/out string position
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if skipping the white space leaves the position at a '\0' character.
|
|
*/
|
|
function skip_space(pos: string | null): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* pos */ string | null ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Splits a %G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR-separated list of files, stripping
|
|
* white space and substituting ~/ with $HOME/.
|
|
* @param str a %G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR separated list of filenames
|
|
* @returns a list of strings to be freed with g_strfreev()
|
|
*/
|
|
function split_file_list(str: string | null): string[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deserializes a `PangoTabArray` from a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the counterpart to [method`Pango`.TabArray.to_string].
|
|
* See that functions for details about the format.
|
|
* @param text a string
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoTabArray`
|
|
*/
|
|
function tab_array_from_string(text: string | null): TabArray | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Apply language-specific tailoring to the breaks in `attrs`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The line breaks are assumed to have been produced by [func`Pango`.default_break].
|
|
*
|
|
* If `offset` is not -1, it is used to apply attributes from `analysis` that are
|
|
* relevant to line breaking.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that it is better to pass -1 for `offset` and use [func`Pango`.attr_break]
|
|
* to apply attributes to the whole paragraph.
|
|
* @param text text to process. Must be valid UTF-8
|
|
* @param length length in bytes of `text`
|
|
* @param analysis `PangoAnalysis` for `text`
|
|
* @param offset Byte offset of `text` from the beginning of the paragraph, or -1 to ignore attributes from `analysis`
|
|
* @param attrs array with one `PangoLogAttr` per character in `text,` plus one extra, to be filled in
|
|
*/
|
|
function tailor_break(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, offset: number, attrs: LogAttr[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Trims leading and trailing whitespace from a string.
|
|
* @param str a string
|
|
* @returns A newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free()
|
|
*/
|
|
function trim_string(str: string | null): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines the inherent direction of a character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The inherent direction is either `PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR`, `PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL`,
|
|
* or `PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is useful to categorize characters into left-to-right
|
|
* letters, right-to-left letters, and everything else. If full Unicode
|
|
* bidirectional type of a character is needed, [func`Pango`.BidiType.for_unichar]
|
|
* can be used instead.
|
|
* @param ch a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns the direction of the character.
|
|
*/
|
|
function unichar_direction(ch: string): Direction
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts a floating-point number to Pango units.
|
|
*
|
|
* The conversion is done by multiplying `d` by %PANGO_SCALE and
|
|
* rounding the result to nearest integer.
|
|
* @param d double floating-point value
|
|
* @returns the value in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
function units_from_double(d: number): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts a number in Pango units to floating-point.
|
|
*
|
|
* The conversion is done by dividing `i` by %PANGO_SCALE.
|
|
* @param i value in Pango units
|
|
* @returns the double value.
|
|
*/
|
|
function units_to_double(i: number): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the encoded version of Pango available at run-time.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to the macro %PANGO_VERSION except that the macro
|
|
* returns the encoded version available at compile-time. A version
|
|
* number can be encoded into an integer using PANGO_VERSION_ENCODE().
|
|
* @returns The encoded version of Pango library available at run time.
|
|
*/
|
|
function version(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Checks that the Pango library in use is compatible with the
|
|
* given version.
|
|
*
|
|
* Generally you would pass in the constants %PANGO_VERSION_MAJOR,
|
|
* %PANGO_VERSION_MINOR, %PANGO_VERSION_MICRO as the three arguments
|
|
* to this function; that produces a check that the library in use at
|
|
* run-time is compatible with the version of Pango the application or
|
|
* module was compiled against.
|
|
*
|
|
* Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version
|
|
* of the running library is newer than the version
|
|
* `required_major`.required_minor.`required_micro`. Second
|
|
* the running library must be binary compatible with the
|
|
* version `required_major`.required_minor.`required_micro`
|
|
* (same major version.)
|
|
*
|
|
* For compile-time version checking use PANGO_VERSION_CHECK().
|
|
* @param required_major the required major version
|
|
* @param required_minor the required minor version
|
|
* @param required_micro the required major version
|
|
* @returns %NULL if the Pango library is compatible with the given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. The returned string is owned by Pango and should not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function version_check(required_major: number, required_minor: number, required_micro: number): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the version of Pango available at run-time.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to the macro %PANGO_VERSION_STRING except that the
|
|
* macro returns the version available at compile-time.
|
|
* @returns A string containing the version of Pango library available at run time. The returned string is owned by Pango and should not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
function version_string(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Type of a function that can duplicate user data for an attribute.
|
|
* @callback
|
|
* @returns new copy of @user_data.
|
|
*/
|
|
interface AttrDataCopyFunc {
|
|
(): any | null
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Type of a function filtering a list of attributes.
|
|
* @callback
|
|
* @param attribute a Pango attribute
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the attribute should be selected for filtering, %FALSE otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
interface AttrFilterFunc {
|
|
(attribute: Attribute): boolean
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* Callback used when enumerating fonts in a fontset.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Fontset.foreach].
|
|
* @callback
|
|
* @param fontset a `PangoFontset`
|
|
* @param font a font from `fontset`
|
|
* @returns if %TRUE, stop iteration and return immediately.
|
|
*/
|
|
interface FontsetForeachFunc {
|
|
(fontset: Fontset, font: Font): boolean
|
|
}
|
|
module Context {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Context {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Context
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Forces a change in the context, which will cause any `PangoLayout`
|
|
* using this context to re-layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful when implementing a new backend
|
|
* for Pango, something applications won't do. Backends should
|
|
* call this function if they have attached extra data to the context
|
|
* and such data is changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
changed(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the base direction for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Context.set_base_dir].
|
|
* @returns the base direction for the context.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_base_dir(): Direction
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the base gravity for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Context.set_base_gravity].
|
|
* @returns the base gravity for the context.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_base_gravity(): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieve the default font description for the context.
|
|
* @returns a pointer to the context's default font description. This value must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_description(): FontDescription | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontMap` used to look up fonts for this context.
|
|
* @returns the font map for the. `PangoContext` This value is owned by Pango and should not be unreferenced.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_map(): FontMap | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the gravity for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to [method`Pango`.Context.get_base_gravity],
|
|
* except for when the base gravity is %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO for
|
|
* which [func`Pango`.Gravity.get_for_matrix] is used to return the
|
|
* gravity from the current context matrix.
|
|
* @returns the resolved gravity for the context.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_gravity(): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the gravity hint for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Context.set_gravity_hint] for details.
|
|
* @returns the gravity hint for the context.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_gravity_hint(): GravityHint
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the global language tag for the context.
|
|
* @returns the global language tag.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_language(): Language
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the transformation matrix that will be applied when
|
|
* rendering with this context.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Context.set_matrix].
|
|
* @returns the matrix, or %NULL if no matrix has been set (which is the same as the identity matrix). The returned matrix is owned by Pango and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_matrix(): Matrix | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get overall metric information for a particular font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the metrics may be substantially different for different scripts,
|
|
* a language tag can be provided to indicate that the metrics should be
|
|
* retrieved that correspond to the script(s) used by that language.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `PangoFontDescription` is interpreted in the same way as by [func`itemize]`,
|
|
* and the family name may be a comma separated list of names. If characters
|
|
* from multiple of these families would be used to render the string, then
|
|
* the returned fonts would be a composite of the metrics for the fonts loaded
|
|
* for the individual families.
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` structure. %NULL means that the font description from the context will be used.
|
|
* @param language language tag used to determine which script to get the metrics for. %NULL means that the language tag from the context will be used. If no language tag is set on the context, metrics for the default language (as determined by [func`Pango`.Language.get_default] will be returned.
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFontMetrics` object. The caller must call [method@Pango.FontMetrics.unref] when finished using the object.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_metrics(desc: FontDescription | null, language: Language | null): FontMetrics
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns whether font rendering with this context should
|
|
* round glyph positions and widths.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_round_glyph_positions(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the current serial number of `context`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero
|
|
* when a new context is created and is increased whenever the context
|
|
* is changed using any of the setter functions, or the `PangoFontMap` it
|
|
* uses to find fonts has changed. The serial may wrap, but will never
|
|
* have the value 0. Since it can wrap, never compare it with "less than",
|
|
* always use "not equals".
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used to automatically detect changes to a `PangoContext`,
|
|
* and is only useful when implementing objects that need update when their
|
|
* `PangoContext` changes, like `PangoLayout`.
|
|
* @returns The current serial number of @context.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_serial(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* List all families for a context.
|
|
*/
|
|
list_families(): /* families */ FontFamily[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Loads the font in one of the fontmaps in the context
|
|
* that is the closest match for `desc`.
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the font to load
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFont` that was loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
load_font(desc: FontDescription): Font | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Load a set of fonts in the context that can be used to render
|
|
* a font matching `desc`.
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the fonts to load
|
|
* @param language a `PangoLanguage` the fonts will be used for
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontset` loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
load_fontset(desc: FontDescription, language: Language): Fontset | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the base direction for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* The base direction is used in applying the Unicode bidirectional
|
|
* algorithm; if the `direction` is %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR or
|
|
* %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL, then the value will be used as the paragraph
|
|
* direction in the Unicode bidirectional algorithm. A value of
|
|
* %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_WEAK_RTL is used only
|
|
* for paragraphs that do not contain any strong characters themselves.
|
|
* @param direction the new base direction
|
|
*/
|
|
set_base_dir(direction: Direction): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the base gravity for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* The base gravity is used in laying vertical text out.
|
|
* @param gravity the new base gravity
|
|
*/
|
|
set_base_gravity(gravity: Gravity): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Set the default font description for the context
|
|
* @param desc the new pango font description
|
|
*/
|
|
set_font_description(desc: FontDescription | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the font map to be searched when fonts are looked-up
|
|
* in this context.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only for internal use by Pango backends, a `PangoContext`
|
|
* obtained via one of the recommended methods should already have a
|
|
* suitable font map.
|
|
* @param font_map the `PangoFontMap` to set.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_font_map(font_map: FontMap | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the gravity hint for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* The gravity hint is used in laying vertical text out, and
|
|
* is only relevant if gravity of the context as returned by
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Context.get_gravity] is set to %PANGO_GRAVITY_EAST
|
|
* or %PANGO_GRAVITY_WEST.
|
|
* @param hint the new gravity hint
|
|
*/
|
|
set_gravity_hint(hint: GravityHint): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the global language tag for the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default language for the locale of the running process
|
|
* can be found using [func`Pango`.Language.get_default].
|
|
* @param language the new language tag.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_language(language: Language | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering
|
|
* with this context.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that reported metrics are in the user space coordinates before
|
|
* the application of the matrix, not device-space coordinates after the
|
|
* application of the matrix. So, they don't scale with the matrix, though
|
|
* they may change slightly for different matrices, depending on how the
|
|
* text is fit to the pixel grid.
|
|
* @param matrix a `PangoMatrix`, or %NULL to unset any existing matrix. (No matrix set is the same as setting the identity matrix.)
|
|
*/
|
|
set_matrix(matrix: Matrix | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets whether font rendering with this context should
|
|
* round glyph positions and widths to integral positions,
|
|
* in device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful when the renderer can't handle subpixel
|
|
* positioning of glyphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is to round glyph positions, to remain
|
|
* compatible with previous Pango behavior.
|
|
* @param round_positions whether to round glyph positions
|
|
*/
|
|
set_round_glyph_positions(round_positions: boolean): void
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Context
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoContext` stores global information used to control the
|
|
* itemization process.
|
|
*
|
|
* The information stored by `PangoContext` includes the fontmap used
|
|
* to look up fonts, and default values such as the default language,
|
|
* default gravity, or default font.
|
|
*
|
|
* To obtain a `PangoContext`, use [method`Pango`.FontMap.create_context].
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Context extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Context
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Context>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Context
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Context.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoContext` initialized to default values.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is not particularly useful as it should always
|
|
* be followed by a [method`Pango`.Context.set_font_map] call, and the
|
|
* function [method`Pango`.FontMap.create_context] does these two steps
|
|
* together and hence users are recommended to use that.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are using Pango as part of a higher-level system,
|
|
* that system may have it's own way of create a `PangoContext`.
|
|
* For instance, the GTK toolkit has, among others,
|
|
* `gtk_widget_get_pango_context()`. Use those instead.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoContext`, which should be freed with g_object_unref().
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoContext` initialized to default values.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is not particularly useful as it should always
|
|
* be followed by a [method`Pango`.Context.set_font_map] call, and the
|
|
* function [method`Pango`.FontMap.create_context] does these two steps
|
|
* together and hence users are recommended to use that.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are using Pango as part of a higher-level system,
|
|
* that system may have it's own way of create a `PangoContext`.
|
|
* For instance, the GTK toolkit has, among others,
|
|
* `gtk_widget_get_pango_context()`. Use those instead.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoContext`, which should be freed with g_object_unref().
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): Context
|
|
_init(config?: Context.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module Coverage {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Coverage {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Coverage
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copy an existing `PangoCoverage`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoCoverage`, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Coverage.unref].
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Coverage
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determine whether a particular index is covered by `coverage`.
|
|
* @param index_ the index to check
|
|
* @returns the coverage level of @coverage for character @index_.
|
|
*/
|
|
get(index_: number): CoverageLevel
|
|
/**
|
|
* Set the coverage for each index in `coverage` to be the max (better)
|
|
* value of the current coverage for the index and the coverage for
|
|
* the corresponding index in `other`.
|
|
* @param other another `PangoCoverage`
|
|
*/
|
|
max(other: Coverage): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Increase the reference count on the `PangoCoverage` by one.
|
|
* @returns @coverage
|
|
*/
|
|
ref(): Coverage
|
|
|
|
// Overloads of ref
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Increases the reference count of `object`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since GLib 2.56, if `GLIB_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED` is 2.56 or greater, the type
|
|
* of `object` will be propagated to the return type (using the GCC typeof()
|
|
* extension), so any casting the caller needs to do on the return type must be
|
|
* explicit.
|
|
* @returns the same @object
|
|
*/
|
|
ref(): GObject.Object
|
|
/**
|
|
* Modify a particular index within `coverage`
|
|
* @param index_ the index to modify
|
|
* @param level the new level for `index_`
|
|
*/
|
|
set(index_: number, level: CoverageLevel): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert a `PangoCoverage` structure into a flat binary format.
|
|
*/
|
|
to_bytes(): /* bytes */ Uint8Array
|
|
/**
|
|
* Decrease the reference count on the `PangoCoverage` by one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the result is zero, free the coverage and all associated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
unref(): void
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Coverage
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoCoverage` structure is a map from Unicode characters
|
|
* to [enum`Pango`.CoverageLevel] values.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is often necessary in Pango to determine if a particular
|
|
* font can represent a particular character, and also how well
|
|
* it can represent that character. The `PangoCoverage` is a data
|
|
* structure that is used to represent that information. It is an
|
|
* opaque structure with no public fields.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Coverage extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Coverage
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Coverage>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Coverage
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Coverage.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoCoverage`
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoCoverage`, initialized to %PANGO_COVERAGE_NONE with a reference count of one, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Coverage.unref].
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoCoverage`
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoCoverage`, initialized to %PANGO_COVERAGE_NONE with a reference count of one, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Coverage.unref].
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): Coverage
|
|
_init(config?: Coverage.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert data generated from [method`Pango`.Coverage.to_bytes]
|
|
* back to a `PangoCoverage`.
|
|
* @param bytes binary data representing a `PangoCoverage`
|
|
* @returns a newly allocated `PangoCoverage`
|
|
*/
|
|
static from_bytes(bytes: Uint8Array): Coverage | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module Font {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Font {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
parent_instance: GObject.Object
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a description of the font, with font size set in points.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Font.describe_with_absolute_size] if you want
|
|
* the font size in device units.
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated `PangoFontDescription` object.
|
|
*/
|
|
describe(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a description of the font, with absolute font size set
|
|
* in device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Font.describe] if you want the font size in points.
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated `PangoFontDescription` object.
|
|
*/
|
|
describe_with_absolute_size(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the coverage map for a given font and language tag.
|
|
* @param language the language tag
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated `PangoCoverage` object.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_coverage(language: Language): Coverage
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontFace` to which `font` belongs.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFace`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_face(): FontFace
|
|
/**
|
|
* Obtain the OpenType features that are provided by the font.
|
|
*
|
|
* These are passed to the rendering system, together with features
|
|
* that have been explicitly set via attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this does not include OpenType features which the
|
|
* rendering system enables by default.
|
|
* @param num_features the number of used items in `features`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_features(num_features: number): [ /* features */ HarfBuzz.feature_t[], /* num_features */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the font map for which the font was created.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the font maintains a *weak* reference to
|
|
* the font map, so if all references to font map are
|
|
* dropped, the font map will be finalized even if there
|
|
* are fonts created with the font map that are still alive.
|
|
* In that case this function will return %NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the
|
|
* font map is kept alive. In most uses this is not an issue
|
|
* as a `PangoContext` holds a reference to the font map.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontMap` for the font
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_map(): FontMap | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the logical and ink extents of a glyph within a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* The coordinate system for each rectangle has its origin at the
|
|
* base line and horizontal origin of the character with increasing
|
|
* coordinates extending to the right and down. The macros PANGO_ASCENT(),
|
|
* PANGO_DESCENT(), PANGO_LBEARING(), and PANGO_RBEARING() can be used to convert
|
|
* from the extents rectangle to more traditional font metrics. The units
|
|
* of the rectangles are in 1/PANGO_SCALE of a device unit.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `font` is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the
|
|
* output variables and returns.
|
|
* @param glyph the glyph index
|
|
*/
|
|
get_glyph_extents(glyph: Glyph): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the languages that are supported by `font`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the font backend does not provide this information,
|
|
* %NULL is returned. For the fontconfig backend, this
|
|
* corresponds to the FC_LANG member of the FcPattern.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned array is only valid as long as the font
|
|
* and its fontmap are valid.
|
|
* @returns an array of `PangoLanguage`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_languages(): Language[] | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets overall metric information for a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the metrics may be substantially different for different scripts,
|
|
* a language tag can be provided to indicate that the metrics should be
|
|
* retrieved that correspond to the script(s) used by that language.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `font` is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the
|
|
* output variables and returns.
|
|
* @param language language tag used to determine which script to get the metrics for, or %NULL to indicate to get the metrics for the entire font.
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFontMetrics` object. The caller must call [method@Pango.FontMetrics.unref] when finished using the object.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_metrics(language: Language | null): FontMetrics
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns whether the font provides a glyph for this character.
|
|
* @param wc a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns `TRUE` if @font can render @wc
|
|
*/
|
|
has_char(wc: string): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Serializes the `font` in a way that can be uniquely identified.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are no guarantees about the format of the output across different
|
|
* versions of Pango.
|
|
*
|
|
* The intended use of this function is testing, benchmarking and debugging.
|
|
* The format is not meant as a permanent storage format.
|
|
*
|
|
* To recreate a font from its serialized form, use [func`Pango`.Font.deserialize].
|
|
* @returns a `GBytes` containing the serialized form of @font
|
|
*/
|
|
serialize(): GLib.Bytes
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
vfunc_create_hb_font(): HarfBuzz.font_t
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a description of the font, with font size set in points.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Font.describe_with_absolute_size] if you want
|
|
* the font size in device units.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated `PangoFontDescription` object.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_describe(): FontDescription
|
|
vfunc_describe_absolute(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the coverage map for a given font and language tag.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param language the language tag
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated `PangoCoverage` object.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_coverage(language: Language): Coverage
|
|
/**
|
|
* Obtain the OpenType features that are provided by the font.
|
|
*
|
|
* These are passed to the rendering system, together with features
|
|
* that have been explicitly set via attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this does not include OpenType features which the
|
|
* rendering system enables by default.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param num_features the number of used items in `features`
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_features(num_features: number): [ /* features */ HarfBuzz.feature_t[], /* num_features */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the font map for which the font was created.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the font maintains a *weak* reference to
|
|
* the font map, so if all references to font map are
|
|
* dropped, the font map will be finalized even if there
|
|
* are fonts created with the font map that are still alive.
|
|
* In that case this function will return %NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the
|
|
* font map is kept alive. In most uses this is not an issue
|
|
* as a `PangoContext` holds a reference to the font map.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontMap` for the font
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_font_map(): FontMap | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the logical and ink extents of a glyph within a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* The coordinate system for each rectangle has its origin at the
|
|
* base line and horizontal origin of the character with increasing
|
|
* coordinates extending to the right and down. The macros PANGO_ASCENT(),
|
|
* PANGO_DESCENT(), PANGO_LBEARING(), and PANGO_RBEARING() can be used to convert
|
|
* from the extents rectangle to more traditional font metrics. The units
|
|
* of the rectangles are in 1/PANGO_SCALE of a device unit.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `font` is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the
|
|
* output variables and returns.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param glyph the glyph index
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_glyph_extents(glyph: Glyph): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets overall metric information for a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the metrics may be substantially different for different scripts,
|
|
* a language tag can be provided to indicate that the metrics should be
|
|
* retrieved that correspond to the script(s) used by that language.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `font` is %NULL, this function gracefully sets some sane values in the
|
|
* output variables and returns.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param language language tag used to determine which script to get the metrics for, or %NULL to indicate to get the metrics for the entire font.
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFontMetrics` object. The caller must call [method@Pango.FontMetrics.unref] when finished using the object.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_metrics(language: Language | null): FontMetrics
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFont` is used to represent a font in a
|
|
* rendering-system-independent manner.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Font extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Font>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Font
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Font.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: Font.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees an array of font descriptions.
|
|
* @param descs a pointer to an array of `PangoFontDescription`, may be %NULL
|
|
*/
|
|
static descriptions_free(descs: FontDescription[] | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Loads data previously created via [method`Pango`.Font.serialize].
|
|
*
|
|
* For a discussion of the supported format, see that function.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: to verify that the returned font is identical to
|
|
* the one that was serialized, you can compare `bytes` to the
|
|
* result of serializing the font again.
|
|
* @param context a `PangoContext`
|
|
* @param bytes the bytes containing the data
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoFont`
|
|
*/
|
|
static deserialize(context: Context, bytes: GLib.Bytes): Font | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module FontFace {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontFace {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
parent_instance: GObject.Object
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a font description that matches the face.
|
|
*
|
|
* The resulting font description will have the family, style,
|
|
* variant, weight and stretch of the face, but its size field
|
|
* will be unset.
|
|
* @returns a newly-created `PangoFontDescription` structure holding the description of the face. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.free] to free the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
describe(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a name representing the style of this face.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that a font family may contain multiple faces
|
|
* with the same name (e.g. a variable and a non-variable
|
|
* face for the same style).
|
|
* @returns the face name for the face. This string is owned by the face object and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_face_name(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontFamily` that `face` belongs to.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFamily`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_family(): FontFamily
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns whether a `PangoFontFace` is synthesized.
|
|
*
|
|
* This will be the case if the underlying font rendering engine
|
|
* creates this face from another face, by shearing, emboldening,
|
|
* lightening or modifying it in some other way.
|
|
* @returns whether @face is synthesized
|
|
*/
|
|
is_synthesized(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* List the available sizes for a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only applicable to bitmap fonts. For scalable fonts, stores
|
|
* %NULL at the location pointed to by `sizes` and 0 at the location pointed
|
|
* to by `n_sizes`. The sizes returned are in Pango units and are sorted
|
|
* in ascending order.
|
|
*/
|
|
list_sizes(): /* sizes */ number[] | null
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a font description that matches the face.
|
|
*
|
|
* The resulting font description will have the family, style,
|
|
* variant, weight and stretch of the face, but its size field
|
|
* will be unset.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns a newly-created `PangoFontDescription` structure holding the description of the face. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.free] to free the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_describe(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a name representing the style of this face.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that a font family may contain multiple faces
|
|
* with the same name (e.g. a variable and a non-variable
|
|
* face for the same style).
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns the face name for the face. This string is owned by the face object and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_face_name(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontFamily` that `face` belongs to.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFamily`
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_family(): FontFamily
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns whether a `PangoFontFace` is synthesized.
|
|
*
|
|
* This will be the case if the underlying font rendering engine
|
|
* creates this face from another face, by shearing, emboldening,
|
|
* lightening or modifying it in some other way.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns whether @face is synthesized
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_is_synthesized(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* List the available sizes for a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only applicable to bitmap fonts. For scalable fonts, stores
|
|
* %NULL at the location pointed to by `sizes` and 0 at the location pointed
|
|
* to by `n_sizes`. The sizes returned are in Pango units and are sorted
|
|
* in ascending order.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_list_sizes(): /* sizes */ number[] | null
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontFace` is used to represent a group of fonts with
|
|
* the same family, slant, weight, and width, but varying sizes.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontFace extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<FontFace>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFace
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: FontFace.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: FontFace.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module FontFamily {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends Gio.ListModel.ConstructorProperties, GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontFamily extends Gio.ListModel {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The type of items contained in this list.
|
|
*/
|
|
readonly item_type: GObject.GType
|
|
/**
|
|
* The number of items contained in this list.
|
|
*/
|
|
readonly n_items: number
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
parent_instance: GObject.Object
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontFace` of `family` with the given name.
|
|
* @param name the name of a face. If the name is %NULL, the family's default face (fontconfig calls it "Regular") will be returned.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFace`, or %NULL if no face with the given name exists.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_face(name: string | null): FontFace | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the name of the family.
|
|
*
|
|
* The name is unique among all fonts for the font backend and can
|
|
* be used in a `PangoFontDescription` to specify that a face from
|
|
* this family is desired.
|
|
* @returns the name of the family. This string is owned by the family object and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_name(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* A monospace font is a font designed for text display where the the
|
|
* characters form a regular grid.
|
|
*
|
|
* For Western languages this would
|
|
* mean that the advance width of all characters are the same, but
|
|
* this categorization also includes Asian fonts which include
|
|
* double-width characters: characters that occupy two grid cells.
|
|
* g_unichar_iswide() returns a result that indicates whether a
|
|
* character is typically double-width in a monospace font.
|
|
*
|
|
* The best way to find out the grid-cell size is to call
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontMetrics.get_approximate_digit_width], since the
|
|
* results of [method`Pango`.FontMetrics.get_approximate_char_width] may
|
|
* be affected by double-width characters.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the family is monospace.
|
|
*/
|
|
is_monospace(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* A variable font is a font which has axes that can be modified to
|
|
* produce different faces.
|
|
*
|
|
* Such axes are also known as _variations_; see
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_variations] for more information.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the family is variable
|
|
*/
|
|
is_variable(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lists the different font faces that make up `family`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The faces in a family share a common design, but differ in slant, weight,
|
|
* width and other aspects.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the returned faces are not in any particular order, and
|
|
* multiple faces may have the same name or characteristics.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoFontFamily` also implemented the [iface`Gio`.ListModel] interface
|
|
* for enumerating faces.
|
|
*/
|
|
list_faces(): /* faces */ FontFace[]
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the `PangoFontFace` of `family` with the given name.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param name the name of a face. If the name is %NULL, the family's default face (fontconfig calls it "Regular") will be returned.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFace`, or %NULL if no face with the given name exists.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_face(name: string | null): FontFace | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the name of the family.
|
|
*
|
|
* The name is unique among all fonts for the font backend and can
|
|
* be used in a `PangoFontDescription` to specify that a face from
|
|
* this family is desired.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns the name of the family. This string is owned by the family object and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_name(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* A monospace font is a font designed for text display where the the
|
|
* characters form a regular grid.
|
|
*
|
|
* For Western languages this would
|
|
* mean that the advance width of all characters are the same, but
|
|
* this categorization also includes Asian fonts which include
|
|
* double-width characters: characters that occupy two grid cells.
|
|
* g_unichar_iswide() returns a result that indicates whether a
|
|
* character is typically double-width in a monospace font.
|
|
*
|
|
* The best way to find out the grid-cell size is to call
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontMetrics.get_approximate_digit_width], since the
|
|
* results of [method`Pango`.FontMetrics.get_approximate_char_width] may
|
|
* be affected by double-width characters.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the family is monospace.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_is_monospace(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* A variable font is a font which has axes that can be modified to
|
|
* produce different faces.
|
|
*
|
|
* Such axes are also known as _variations_; see
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_variations] for more information.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the family is variable
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_is_variable(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Lists the different font faces that make up `family`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The faces in a family share a common design, but differ in slant, weight,
|
|
* width and other aspects.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the returned faces are not in any particular order, and
|
|
* multiple faces may have the same name or characteristics.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoFontFamily` also implemented the [iface`Gio`.ListModel] interface
|
|
* for enumerating faces.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_list_faces(): /* faces */ FontFace[]
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: "notify::item-type", callback: (($obj: FontFamily, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: "notify::item-type", callback: (($obj: FontFamily, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
emit(sigName: "notify::item-type", ...args: any[]): void
|
|
connect(sigName: "notify::n-items", callback: (($obj: FontFamily, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: "notify::n-items", callback: (($obj: FontFamily, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
emit(sigName: "notify::n-items", ...args: any[]): void
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontFamily` is used to represent a family of related
|
|
* font faces.
|
|
*
|
|
* The font faces in a family share a common design, but differ in
|
|
* slant, weight, width or other aspects.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontFamily extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<FontFamily>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamily
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: FontFamily.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: FontFamily.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module FontMap {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends Gio.ListModel.ConstructorProperties, GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontMap extends Gio.ListModel {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The type of items contained in this list.
|
|
*/
|
|
readonly item_type: GObject.GType
|
|
/**
|
|
* The number of items contained in this list.
|
|
*/
|
|
readonly n_items: number
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
parent_instance: GObject.Object
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Forces a change in the context, which will cause any `PangoContext`
|
|
* using this fontmap to change.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful when implementing a new backend
|
|
* for Pango, something applications won't do. Backends should
|
|
* call this function if they have attached extra data to the
|
|
* context and such data is changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
changed(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a `PangoContext` connected to `fontmap`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is equivalent to [ctor`Pango`.Context.new] followed by
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Context.set_font_map].
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are using Pango as part of a higher-level system,
|
|
* that system may have it's own way of create a `PangoContext`.
|
|
* For instance, the GTK toolkit has, among others,
|
|
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context(). Use those instead.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoContext`, which should be freed with g_object_unref().
|
|
*/
|
|
create_context(): Context
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a font family by name.
|
|
* @param name a family name
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFamily`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_family(name: string | null): FontFamily
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the current serial number of `fontmap`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero
|
|
* when a new fontmap is created and is increased whenever the fontmap
|
|
* is changed. It may wrap, but will never have the value 0. Since it can
|
|
* wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals".
|
|
*
|
|
* The fontmap can only be changed using backend-specific API, like changing
|
|
* fontmap resolution.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used to automatically detect changes to a `PangoFontMap`,
|
|
* like in `PangoContext`.
|
|
* @returns The current serial number of @fontmap.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_serial(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* List all families for a fontmap.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the returned families are not in any particular order.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoFontMap` also implemented the [iface`Gio`.ListModel] interface
|
|
* for enumerating families.
|
|
*/
|
|
list_families(): /* families */ FontFamily[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Load the font in the fontmap that is the closest match for `desc`.
|
|
* @param context the `PangoContext` the font will be used with
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the font to load
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFont` loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
load_font(context: Context, desc: FontDescription): Font | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Load a set of fonts in the fontmap that can be used to render
|
|
* a font matching `desc`.
|
|
* @param context the `PangoContext` the font will be used with
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the font to load
|
|
* @param language a `PangoLanguage` the fonts will be used for
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontset` loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
load_fontset(context: Context, desc: FontDescription, language: Language): Fontset | null
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Forces a change in the context, which will cause any `PangoContext`
|
|
* using this fontmap to change.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is only useful when implementing a new backend
|
|
* for Pango, something applications won't do. Backends should
|
|
* call this function if they have attached extra data to the
|
|
* context and such data is changed.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_changed(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a font family by name.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param name a family name
|
|
* @returns the `PangoFontFamily`
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_family(name: string | null): FontFamily
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the current serial number of `fontmap`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero
|
|
* when a new fontmap is created and is increased whenever the fontmap
|
|
* is changed. It may wrap, but will never have the value 0. Since it can
|
|
* wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals".
|
|
*
|
|
* The fontmap can only be changed using backend-specific API, like changing
|
|
* fontmap resolution.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used to automatically detect changes to a `PangoFontMap`,
|
|
* like in `PangoContext`.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns The current serial number of @fontmap.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_serial(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* List all families for a fontmap.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the returned families are not in any particular order.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoFontMap` also implemented the [iface`Gio`.ListModel] interface
|
|
* for enumerating families.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_list_families(): /* families */ FontFamily[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Load the font in the fontmap that is the closest match for `desc`.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param context the `PangoContext` the font will be used with
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the font to load
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFont` loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_load_font(context: Context, desc: FontDescription): Font | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Load a set of fonts in the fontmap that can be used to render
|
|
* a font matching `desc`.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param context the `PangoContext` the font will be used with
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` describing the font to load
|
|
* @param language a `PangoLanguage` the fonts will be used for
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontset` loaded, or %NULL if no font matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_load_fontset(context: Context, desc: FontDescription, language: Language): Fontset | null
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: "notify::item-type", callback: (($obj: FontMap, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: "notify::item-type", callback: (($obj: FontMap, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
emit(sigName: "notify::item-type", ...args: any[]): void
|
|
connect(sigName: "notify::n-items", callback: (($obj: FontMap, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: "notify::n-items", callback: (($obj: FontMap, pspec: GObject.ParamSpec) => void)): number
|
|
emit(sigName: "notify::n-items", ...args: any[]): void
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontMap` represents the set of fonts available for a
|
|
* particular rendering system.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a virtual object with implementations being specific to
|
|
* particular rendering systems.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontMap extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<FontMap>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMap
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: FontMap.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: FontMap.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module Fontset {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Fontset {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
parent_instance: GObject.Object
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Iterates through all the fonts in a fontset, calling `func` for
|
|
* each one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `func` returns %TRUE, that stops the iteration.
|
|
* @param func Callback function
|
|
*/
|
|
foreach(func: FontsetForeachFunc): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the font in the fontset that contains the best
|
|
* glyph for a Unicode character.
|
|
* @param wc a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFont`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font(wc: number): Font
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get overall metric information for the fonts in the fontset.
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFontMetrics` object
|
|
*/
|
|
get_metrics(): FontMetrics
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Iterates through all the fonts in a fontset, calling `func` for
|
|
* each one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `func` returns %TRUE, that stops the iteration.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param func Callback function
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_foreach(func: FontsetForeachFunc): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the font in the fontset that contains the best
|
|
* glyph for a Unicode character.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param wc a Unicode character
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFont`
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_font(wc: number): Font
|
|
vfunc_get_language(): Language
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get overall metric information for the fonts in the fontset.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @returns a `PangoFontMetrics` object
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_get_metrics(): FontMetrics
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontset` represents a set of `PangoFont` to use when rendering text.
|
|
*
|
|
* A `PangoFontset` is the result of resolving a `PangoFontDescription`
|
|
* against a particular `PangoContext`. It has operations for finding the
|
|
* component font for a particular Unicode character, and for finding a
|
|
* composite set of metrics for the entire fontset.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Fontset extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Fontset>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Fontset
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Fontset.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: Fontset.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module FontsetSimple {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends Fontset.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontsetSimple {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetSimple
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Adds a font to the fontset.
|
|
*
|
|
* The fontset takes ownership of `font`.
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`.
|
|
*/
|
|
append(font: Font): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the number of fonts in the fontset.
|
|
* @returns the size of @fontset
|
|
*/
|
|
size(): number
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetSimple
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoFontsetSimple` is a implementation of the abstract
|
|
* `PangoFontset` base class as an array of fonts.
|
|
*
|
|
* When creating a `PangoFontsetSimple`, you have to provide
|
|
* the array of fonts that make up the fontset.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontsetSimple extends Fontset {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetSimple
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<FontsetSimple>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetSimple
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: FontsetSimple.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoFontsetSimple` for the given language.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param language a `PangoLanguage` tag
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontsetSimple`
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor(language: Language)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoFontsetSimple` for the given language.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param language a `PangoLanguage` tag
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontsetSimple`
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(language: Language): FontsetSimple
|
|
_init(config?: FontsetSimple.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module Layout {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Layout {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Layout
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Forces recomputation of any state in the `PangoLayout` that
|
|
* might depend on the layout's context.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function should be called if you make changes to the context
|
|
* subsequent to creating the layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
context_changed(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a deep copy-by-value of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* The attribute list, tab array, and text from the original layout
|
|
* are all copied by value.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoLayout`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Layout
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the alignment for the layout: how partial lines are
|
|
* positioned within the horizontal space available.
|
|
* @returns the alignment
|
|
*/
|
|
get_alignment(): Alignment
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the attribute list for the layout, if any.
|
|
* @returns a `PangoAttrList`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_attributes(): AttrList | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets whether to calculate the base direction for the layout
|
|
* according to its contents.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_auto_dir].
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the bidirectional base direction is computed from the layout's contents, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
get_auto_dir(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the Y position of baseline of the first line in `layout`.
|
|
* @returns baseline of first line, from top of @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_baseline(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an index within a layout, determines the positions that of the
|
|
* strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at that index.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a variant of [method`Pango`.Layout.get_cursor_pos] that applies
|
|
* font metric information about caret slope and offset to the positions
|
|
* it returns.
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="caret-metrics-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Caret metrics" src="caret-metrics-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
* @param index_ the byte index of the cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
get_caret_pos(index_: number): [ /* strong_pos */ Rectangle, /* weak_pos */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the number of Unicode characters in the
|
|
* the text of `layout`.
|
|
* @returns the number of Unicode characters in the text of @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_character_count(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the `PangoContext` used for this layout.
|
|
* @returns the `PangoContext` for the layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_context(): Context
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an index within a layout, determines the positions that of the
|
|
* strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at that index.
|
|
*
|
|
* The position of each cursor is stored as a zero-width rectangle
|
|
* with the height of the run extents.
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="cursor-positions-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Cursor positions" src="cursor-positions-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
*
|
|
* The strong cursor location is the location where characters of the
|
|
* directionality equal to the base direction of the layout are inserted.
|
|
* The weak cursor location is the location where characters of the
|
|
* directionality opposite to the base direction of the layout are inserted.
|
|
*
|
|
* The following example shows text with both a strong and a weak cursor.
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="split-cursor-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Strong and weak cursors" src="split-cursor-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
*
|
|
* The strong cursor has a little arrow pointing to the right, the weak
|
|
* cursor to the left. Typing a 'c' in this situation will insert the
|
|
* character after the 'b', and typing another Hebrew character, like 'ג',
|
|
* will insert it at the end.
|
|
* @param index_ the byte index of the cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
get_cursor_pos(index_: number): [ /* strong_pos */ Rectangle, /* weak_pos */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the text direction at the given character position in `layout`.
|
|
* @param index the byte index of the char
|
|
* @returns the text direction at @index
|
|
*/
|
|
get_direction(index: number): Direction
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the type of ellipsization being performed for `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_ellipsize].
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Layout.is_ellipsized] to query whether any
|
|
* paragraphs were actually ellipsized.
|
|
* @returns the current ellipsization mode for @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_ellipsize(): EllipsizeMode
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the logical and ink extents of `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Logical extents are usually what you want for positioning things. Note
|
|
* that both extents may have non-zero x and y. You may want to use those
|
|
* to offset where you render the layout. Not doing that is a very typical
|
|
* bug that shows up as right-to-left layouts not being correctly positioned
|
|
* in a layout with a set width.
|
|
*
|
|
* The extents are given in layout coordinates and in Pango units; layout
|
|
* coordinates begin at the top left corner of the layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the font description for the layout, if any.
|
|
* @returns a pointer to the layout's font description, or %NULL if the font description from the layout's context is inherited.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_description(): FontDescription | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the height of layout used for ellipsization.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_height] for details.
|
|
* @returns the height, in Pango units if positive, or number of lines if negative.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_height(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the paragraph indent width in Pango units.
|
|
*
|
|
* A negative value indicates a hanging indentation.
|
|
* @returns the indent in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
get_indent(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns an iterator to iterate over the visual extents of the layout.
|
|
* @returns the new `PangoLayoutIter`
|
|
*/
|
|
get_iter(): LayoutIter
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets whether each complete line should be stretched to fill the entire
|
|
* width of the layout.
|
|
* @returns the justify value
|
|
*/
|
|
get_justify(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets whether the last line should be stretched
|
|
* to fill the entire width of the layout.
|
|
* @returns the justify value
|
|
*/
|
|
get_justify_last_line(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves a particular line from a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use the faster [method`Pango`.Layout.get_line_readonly] if you do not
|
|
* plan to modify the contents of the line (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @param line the index of a line, which must be between 0 and `pango_layout_get_line_count(layout) - 1`, inclusive.
|
|
* @returns the requested `PangoLayoutLine`, or %NULL if the index is out of range. This layout line can be ref'ed and retained, but will become invalid if changes are made to the `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line(line: number): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves the count of lines for the `layout`.
|
|
* @returns the line count
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_count(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves a particular line from a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a faster alternative to [method`Pango`.Layout.get_line],
|
|
* but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the line
|
|
* (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @param line the index of a line, which must be between 0 and `pango_layout_get_line_count(layout) - 1`, inclusive.
|
|
* @returns the requested `PangoLayoutLine`, or %NULL if the index is out of range. This layout line can be ref'ed and retained, but will become invalid if changes are made to the `PangoLayout`. No changes should be made to the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_readonly(line: number): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the line spacing factor of `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_line_spacing].
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_spacing(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the lines of the `layout` as a list.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use the faster [method`Pango`.Layout.get_lines_readonly] if you do not
|
|
* plan to modify the contents of the lines (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns a `GSList` containing the lines in the layout. This points to internal data of the `PangoLayout` and must be used with care. It will become invalid on any change to the layout's text or properties.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_lines(): LayoutLine[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the lines of the `layout` as a list.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a faster alternative to [method`Pango`.Layout.get_lines],
|
|
* but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the lines
|
|
* (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns a `GSList` containing the lines in the layout. This points to internal data of the `PangoLayout` and must be used with care. It will become invalid on any change to the layout's text or properties. No changes should be made to the lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_lines_readonly(): LayoutLine[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves an array of logical attributes for each character in
|
|
* the `layout`.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_log_attrs(): /* attrs */ LogAttr[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Retrieves an array of logical attributes for each character in
|
|
* the `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a faster alternative to [method`Pango`.Layout.get_log_attrs].
|
|
* The returned array is part of `layout` and must not be modified.
|
|
* Modifying the layout will invalidate the returned array.
|
|
*
|
|
* The number of attributes returned in `n_attrs` will be one more
|
|
* than the total number of characters in the layout, since there
|
|
* need to be attributes corresponding to both the position before
|
|
* the first character and the position after the last character.
|
|
* @returns an array of logical attributes
|
|
*/
|
|
get_log_attrs_readonly(): LogAttr[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the logical and ink extents of `layout` in device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function just calls [method`Pango`.Layout.get_extents] followed by
|
|
* two [func`extents_to_pixels]` calls, rounding `ink_rect` and `logical_rect`
|
|
* such that the rounded rectangles fully contain the unrounded one (that is,
|
|
* passes them as first argument to [func`Pango`.extents_to_pixels]).
|
|
*/
|
|
get_pixel_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines the logical width and height of a `PangoLayout` in device
|
|
* units.
|
|
*
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.get_size] returns the width and height
|
|
* scaled by %PANGO_SCALE. This is simply a convenience function
|
|
* around [method`Pango`.Layout.get_pixel_extents].
|
|
*/
|
|
get_pixel_size(): [ /* width */ number, /* height */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the current serial number of `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The serial number is initialized to an small number larger than zero
|
|
* when a new layout is created and is increased whenever the layout is
|
|
* changed using any of the setter functions, or the `PangoContext` it
|
|
* uses has changed. The serial may wrap, but will never have the value 0.
|
|
* Since it can wrap, never compare it with "less than", always use "not equals".
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used to automatically detect changes to a `PangoLayout`,
|
|
* and is useful for example to decide whether a layout needs redrawing.
|
|
* To force the serial to be increased, use
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.context_changed].
|
|
* @returns The current serial number of @layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_serial(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Obtains whether `layout` is in single paragraph mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_single_paragraph_mode].
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the layout does not break paragraphs at paragraph separator characters, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
get_single_paragraph_mode(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines the logical width and height of a `PangoLayout` in Pango
|
|
* units.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is simply a convenience function around [method`Pango`.Layout.get_extents].
|
|
*/
|
|
get_size(): [ /* width */ number, /* height */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the amount of spacing between the lines of the layout.
|
|
* @returns the spacing in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
get_spacing(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current `PangoTabArray` used by this layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no `PangoTabArray` has been set, then the default tabs are
|
|
* in use and %NULL is returned. Default tabs are every 8 spaces.
|
|
*
|
|
* The return value should be freed with [method`Pango`.TabArray.free].
|
|
* @returns a copy of the tabs for this layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_tabs(): TabArray | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the text in the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned text should not be freed or modified.
|
|
* @returns the text in the @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_text(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Counts the number of unknown glyphs in `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be used to determine if there are any fonts
|
|
* available to render all characters in a certain string, or when
|
|
* used in combination with %PANGO_ATTR_FALLBACK, to check if a
|
|
* certain font supports all the characters in the string.
|
|
* @returns The number of unknown glyphs in @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
get_unknown_glyphs_count(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the width to which the lines of the `PangoLayout` should wrap.
|
|
* @returns the width in Pango units, or -1 if no width set.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_width(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the wrap mode for the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Layout.is_wrapped] to query whether
|
|
* any paragraphs were actually wrapped.
|
|
* @returns active wrap mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_wrap(): WrapMode
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from byte `index_` within the `layout` to line and X position.
|
|
*
|
|
* The X position is measured from the left edge of the line.
|
|
* @param index_ the byte index of a grapheme within the layout
|
|
* @param trailing an integer indicating the edge of the grapheme to retrieve the position of. If > 0, the trailing edge of the grapheme, if 0, the leading of the grapheme
|
|
*/
|
|
index_to_line_x(index_: number, trailing: boolean): [ /* line */ number, /* x_pos */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from an index within a `PangoLayout` to the onscreen position
|
|
* corresponding to the grapheme at that index.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returns is represented as rectangle. Note that `pos->x` is
|
|
* always the leading edge of the grapheme and `pos->x + pos->width` the
|
|
* trailing edge of the grapheme. If the directionality of the grapheme
|
|
* is right-to-left, then `pos->width` will be negative.
|
|
* @param index_ byte index within `layout`
|
|
*/
|
|
index_to_pos(index_: number): /* pos */ Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* Queries whether the layout had to ellipsize any paragraphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* This returns %TRUE if the ellipsization mode for `layout`
|
|
* is not %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, a positive width is set on `layout,`
|
|
* and there are paragraphs exceeding that width that have to be
|
|
* ellipsized.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if any paragraphs had to be ellipsized, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
is_ellipsized(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Queries whether the layout had to wrap any paragraphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* This returns %TRUE if a positive width is set on `layout,`
|
|
* ellipsization mode of `layout` is set to %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE,
|
|
* and there are paragraphs exceeding the layout width that have
|
|
* to be wrapped.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if any paragraphs had to be wrapped, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
is_wrapped(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes a new cursor position from an old position and a direction.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `direction` is positive, then the new position will cause the strong
|
|
* or weak cursor to be displayed one position to right of where it was
|
|
* with the old cursor position. If `direction` is negative, it will be
|
|
* moved to the left.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the presence of bidirectional text, the correspondence between
|
|
* logical and visual order will depend on the direction of the current
|
|
* run, and there may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end
|
|
* of a run.
|
|
*
|
|
* Motion here is in cursor positions, not in characters, so a single
|
|
* call to this function may move the cursor over multiple characters
|
|
* when multiple characters combine to form a single grapheme.
|
|
* @param strong whether the moving cursor is the strong cursor or the weak cursor. The strong cursor is the cursor corresponding to text insertion in the base direction for the layout.
|
|
* @param old_index the byte index of the current cursor position
|
|
* @param old_trailing if 0, the cursor was at the leading edge of the grapheme indicated by `old_index,` if > 0, the cursor was at the trailing edge.
|
|
* @param direction direction to move cursor. A negative value indicates motion to the left
|
|
*/
|
|
move_cursor_visually(strong: boolean, old_index: number, old_trailing: number, direction: number): [ /* new_index */ number, /* new_trailing */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Serializes the `layout` for later deserialization via [func`Pango`.Layout.deserialize].
|
|
*
|
|
* There are no guarantees about the format of the output across different
|
|
* versions of Pango and [func`Pango`.Layout.deserialize] will reject data
|
|
* that it cannot parse.
|
|
*
|
|
* The intended use of this function is testing, benchmarking and debugging.
|
|
* The format is not meant as a permanent storage format.
|
|
* @param flags `PangoLayoutSerializeFlags`
|
|
* @returns a `GBytes` containing the serialized form of @layout
|
|
*/
|
|
serialize(flags: LayoutSerializeFlags): GLib.Bytes
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the alignment for the layout: how partial lines are
|
|
* positioned within the horizontal space available.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default alignment is %PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT.
|
|
* @param alignment the alignment
|
|
*/
|
|
set_alignment(alignment: Alignment): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the text attributes for a layout object.
|
|
*
|
|
* References `attrs,` so the caller can unref its reference.
|
|
* @param attrs a `PangoAttrList`
|
|
*/
|
|
set_attributes(attrs: AttrList | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets whether to calculate the base direction
|
|
* for the layout according to its contents.
|
|
*
|
|
* When this flag is on (the default), then paragraphs in `layout` that
|
|
* begin with strong right-to-left characters (Arabic and Hebrew principally),
|
|
* will have right-to-left layout, paragraphs with letters from other scripts
|
|
* will have left-to-right layout. Paragraphs with only neutral characters
|
|
* get their direction from the surrounding paragraphs.
|
|
*
|
|
* When %FALSE, the choice between left-to-right and right-to-left
|
|
* layout is done according to the base direction of the layout's
|
|
* `PangoContext`. (See [method`Pango`.Context.set_base_dir]).
|
|
*
|
|
* When the auto-computed direction of a paragraph differs from the
|
|
* base direction of the context, the interpretation of
|
|
* %PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT and %PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT are swapped.
|
|
* @param auto_dir if %TRUE, compute the bidirectional base direction from the layout's contents
|
|
*/
|
|
set_auto_dir(auto_dir: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the type of ellipsization being performed for `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Depending on the ellipsization mode `ellipsize` text is
|
|
* removed from the start, middle, or end of text so they
|
|
* fit within the width and height of layout set with
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.set_width] and [method`Pango`.Layout.set_height].
|
|
*
|
|
* If the layout contains characters such as newlines that
|
|
* force it to be layed out in multiple paragraphs, then whether
|
|
* each paragraph is ellipsized separately or the entire layout
|
|
* is ellipsized as a whole depends on the set height of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Layout.set_height] for details.
|
|
* @param ellipsize the new ellipsization mode for `layout`
|
|
*/
|
|
set_ellipsize(ellipsize: EllipsizeMode): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the default font description for the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* If no font description is set on the layout, the
|
|
* font description from the layout's context is used.
|
|
* @param desc the new `PangoFontDescription` to unset the current font description
|
|
*/
|
|
set_font_description(desc: FontDescription | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the height to which the `PangoLayout` should be ellipsized at.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are two different behaviors, based on whether `height` is positive
|
|
* or negative.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `height` is positive, it will be the maximum height of the layout. Only
|
|
* lines would be shown that would fit, and if there is any text omitted,
|
|
* an ellipsis added. At least one line is included in each paragraph regardless
|
|
* of how small the height value is. A value of zero will render exactly one
|
|
* line for the entire layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `height` is negative, it will be the (negative of) maximum number of lines
|
|
* per paragraph. That is, the total number of lines shown may well be more than
|
|
* this value if the layout contains multiple paragraphs of text.
|
|
* The default value of -1 means that the first line of each paragraph is ellipsized.
|
|
* This behavior may be changed in the future to act per layout instead of per
|
|
* paragraph. File a bug against pango at
|
|
* [https://gitlab.gnome.org/gnome/pango](https://gitlab.gnome.org/gnome/pango)
|
|
* if your code relies on this behavior.
|
|
*
|
|
* Height setting only has effect if a positive width is set on
|
|
* `layout` and ellipsization mode of `layout` is not %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE.
|
|
* The behavior is undefined if a height other than -1 is set and
|
|
* ellipsization mode is set to %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE, and may change in the
|
|
* future.
|
|
* @param height the desired height of the layout in Pango units if positive, or desired number of lines if negative.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_height(height: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the width in Pango units to indent each paragraph.
|
|
*
|
|
* A negative value of `indent` will produce a hanging indentation.
|
|
* That is, the first line will have the full width, and subsequent
|
|
* lines will be indented by the absolute value of `indent`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The indent setting is ignored if layout alignment is set to
|
|
* %PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is 0.
|
|
* @param indent the amount by which to indent
|
|
*/
|
|
set_indent(indent: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets whether each complete line should be stretched to fill the
|
|
* entire width of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* Stretching is typically done by adding whitespace, but for some scripts
|
|
* (such as Arabic), the justification may be done in more complex ways,
|
|
* like extending the characters.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this setting is not implemented and so is ignored in
|
|
* Pango older than 1.18.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that tabs and justification conflict with each other:
|
|
* Justification will move content away from its tab-aligned
|
|
* positions.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is %FALSE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also see [method`Pango`.Layout.set_justify_last_line].
|
|
* @param justify whether the lines in the layout should be justified
|
|
*/
|
|
set_justify(justify: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets whether the last line should be stretched to fill the
|
|
* entire width of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* This only has an effect if [method`Pango`.Layout.set_justify] has
|
|
* been called as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is %FALSE.
|
|
* @param justify whether the last line in the layout should be justified
|
|
*/
|
|
set_justify_last_line(justify: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets a factor for line spacing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Typical values are: 0, 1, 1.5, 2. The default values is 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `factor` is non-zero, lines are placed so that
|
|
*
|
|
* baseline2 = baseline1 + factor * height2
|
|
*
|
|
* where height2 is the line height of the second line
|
|
* (as determined by the font(s)). In this case, the spacing
|
|
* set with [method`Pango`.Layout.set_spacing] is ignored.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `factor` is zero (the default), spacing is applied as before.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: for semantics that are closer to the CSS line-height
|
|
* property, see [func`Pango`.attr_line_height_new].
|
|
* @param factor the new line spacing factor
|
|
*/
|
|
set_line_spacing(factor: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the layout text and attribute list from marked-up text.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html)).
|
|
*
|
|
* Replaces the current text and attribute list.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the same as [method`Pango`.Layout.set_markup_with_accel],
|
|
* but the markup text isn't scanned for accelerators.
|
|
* @param markup marked-up text
|
|
* @param length length of marked-up text in bytes, or -1 if `markup` is `NUL`-terminated
|
|
*/
|
|
set_markup(markup: string | null, length: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the layout text and attribute list from marked-up text.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html)).
|
|
*
|
|
* Replaces the current text and attribute list.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `accel_marker` is nonzero, the given character will mark the
|
|
* character following it as an accelerator. For example, `accel_marker`
|
|
* might be an ampersand or underscore. All characters marked
|
|
* as an accelerator will receive a %PANGO_UNDERLINE_LOW attribute,
|
|
* and the first character so marked will be returned in `accel_char`.
|
|
* Two `accel_marker` characters following each other produce a single
|
|
* literal `accel_marker` character.
|
|
* @param markup marked-up text (see [Pango Markup](pango_markup.html))
|
|
* @param length length of marked-up text in bytes, or -1 if `markup` is `NUL`-terminated
|
|
* @param accel_marker marker for accelerators in the text
|
|
*/
|
|
set_markup_with_accel(markup: string | null, length: number, accel_marker: string): /* accel_char */ string
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the single paragraph mode of `layout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `setting` is %TRUE, do not treat newlines and similar characters
|
|
* as paragraph separators; instead, keep all text in a single paragraph,
|
|
* and display a glyph for paragraph separator characters. Used when
|
|
* you want to allow editing of newlines on a single text line.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is %FALSE.
|
|
* @param setting new setting
|
|
*/
|
|
set_single_paragraph_mode(setting: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the amount of spacing in Pango units between
|
|
* the lines of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* When placing lines with spacing, Pango arranges things so that
|
|
*
|
|
* line2.top = line1.bottom + spacing
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: Since 1.44, Pango is using the line height (as determined
|
|
* by the font) for placing lines when the line spacing factor is set
|
|
* to a non-zero value with [method`Pango`.Layout.set_line_spacing].
|
|
* In that case, the `spacing` set with this function is ignored.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: for semantics that are closer to the CSS line-height
|
|
* property, see [func`Pango`.attr_line_height_new].
|
|
* @param spacing the amount of spacing
|
|
*/
|
|
set_spacing(spacing: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the tabs to use for `layout,` overriding the default tabs.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoLayout` will place content at the next tab position
|
|
* whenever it meets a Tab character (U+0009).
|
|
*
|
|
* By default, tabs are every 8 spaces. If `tabs` is %NULL, the
|
|
* default tabs are reinstated. `tabs` is copied into the layout;
|
|
* you must free your copy of `tabs` yourself.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that tabs and justification conflict with each other:
|
|
* Justification will move content away from its tab-aligned
|
|
* positions. The same is true for alignments other than
|
|
* %PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT.
|
|
* @param tabs a `PangoTabArray`
|
|
*/
|
|
set_tabs(tabs: TabArray | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the text of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function validates `text` and renders invalid UTF-8
|
|
* with a placeholder glyph.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that if you have used [method`Pango`.Layout.set_markup] or
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.set_markup_with_accel] on `layout` before, you
|
|
* may want to call [method`Pango`.Layout.set_attributes] to clear the
|
|
* attributes set on the layout from the markup as this function does
|
|
* not clear attributes.
|
|
* @param text the text
|
|
* @param length maximum length of `text,` in bytes. -1 indicates that the string is nul-terminated and the length should be calculated. The text will also be truncated on encountering a nul-termination even when `length` is positive.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_text(text: string | null, length: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the width to which the lines of the `PangoLayout` should wrap or
|
|
* ellipsized.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is -1: no width set.
|
|
* @param width the desired width in Pango units, or -1 to indicate that no wrapping or ellipsization should be performed.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_width(width: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the wrap mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* The wrap mode only has effect if a width is set on the layout
|
|
* with [method`Pango`.Layout.set_width]. To turn off wrapping,
|
|
* set the width to -1.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD.
|
|
* @param wrap the wrap mode
|
|
*/
|
|
set_wrap(wrap: WrapMode): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* A convenience method to serialize a layout to a file.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is equivalent to calling [method`Pango`.Layout.serialize]
|
|
* followed by [func`GLib`.file_set_contents].
|
|
*
|
|
* See those two functions for details on the arguments.
|
|
*
|
|
* It is mostly intended for use inside a debugger to quickly dump
|
|
* a layout to a file for later inspection.
|
|
* @param flags `PangoLayoutSerializeFlags`
|
|
* @param filename the file to save it to
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if saving was successful
|
|
*/
|
|
write_to_file(flags: LayoutSerializeFlags, filename: string): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from X and Y position within a layout to the byte index to the
|
|
* character at that logical position.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the Y position is not inside the layout, the closest position is
|
|
* chosen (the position will be clamped inside the layout). If the X position
|
|
* is not within the layout, then the start or the end of the line is
|
|
* chosen as described for [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.x_to_index]. If either
|
|
* the X or Y positions were not inside the layout, then the function returns
|
|
* %FALSE; on an exact hit, it returns %TRUE.
|
|
* @param x the X offset (in Pango units) from the left edge of the layout
|
|
* @param y the Y offset (in Pango units) from the top edge of the layout
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the coordinates were inside text, %FALSE otherwise
|
|
*/
|
|
xy_to_index(x: number, y: number): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* index_ */ number, /* trailing */ number ]
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Layout
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoLayout` structure represents an entire paragraph of text.
|
|
*
|
|
* While complete access to the layout capabilities of Pango is provided
|
|
* using the detailed interfaces for itemization and shaping, using
|
|
* that functionality directly involves writing a fairly large amount
|
|
* of code. `PangoLayout` provides a high-level driver for formatting
|
|
* entire paragraphs of text at once. This includes paragraph-level
|
|
* functionality such as line breaking, justification, alignment and
|
|
* ellipsization.
|
|
*
|
|
* A `PangoLayout` is initialized with a `PangoContext`, UTF-8 string
|
|
* and set of attributes for that string. Once that is done, the set of
|
|
* formatted lines can be extracted from the object, the layout can be
|
|
* rendered, and conversion between logical character positions within
|
|
* the layout's text, and the physical position of the resulting glyphs
|
|
* can be made.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are a number of parameters to adjust the formatting of a
|
|
* `PangoLayout`. The following image shows adjustable parameters
|
|
* (on the left) and font metrics (on the right):
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="layout-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Pango Layout Parameters" src="layout-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
*
|
|
* The following images demonstrate the effect of alignment and
|
|
* justification on the layout of text:
|
|
*
|
|
* | | |
|
|
* | --- | --- |
|
|
* |  |  |
|
|
* |  |  |
|
|
* |  |  |
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* It is possible, as well, to ignore the 2-D setup,
|
|
* and simply treat the results of a `PangoLayout` as a list of lines.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Layout extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Layout
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Layout>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Layout
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Layout.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoLayout` object with attributes initialized to
|
|
* default values for a particular `PangoContext`.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param context a `PangoContext`
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoLayout`
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor(context: Context)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoLayout` object with attributes initialized to
|
|
* default values for a particular `PangoContext`.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param context a `PangoContext`
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoLayout`
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(context: Context): Layout
|
|
_init(config?: Layout.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Loads data previously created via [method`Pango`.Layout.serialize].
|
|
*
|
|
* For a discussion of the supported format, see that function.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: to verify that the returned layout is identical to
|
|
* the one that was serialized, you can compare `bytes` to the
|
|
* result of serializing the layout again.
|
|
* @param context a `PangoContext`
|
|
* @param bytes the bytes containing the data
|
|
* @param flags `PangoLayoutDeserializeFlags`
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoLayout`
|
|
*/
|
|
static deserialize(context: Context, bytes: GLib.Bytes, flags: LayoutDeserializeFlags): Layout | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
module Renderer {
|
|
|
|
// Constructor properties interface
|
|
|
|
interface ConstructorProperties extends GObject.Object.ConstructorProperties {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Renderer {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the current transformation matrix for
|
|
* the Renderer; may be %NULL, which should be treated the
|
|
* same as the identity matrix.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
matrix: Matrix
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Does initial setup before rendering operations on `renderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Renderer.deactivate] should be called when done drawing.
|
|
* Calls such as [method`Pango`.Renderer.draw_layout] automatically
|
|
* activate the layout before drawing on it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate] and
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Renderer.deactivate] can be nested and the
|
|
* renderer will only be initialized and deinitialized once.
|
|
*/
|
|
activate(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Cleans up after rendering operations on `renderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* See docs for [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate].
|
|
*/
|
|
deactivate(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draw a squiggly line that approximately covers the given rectangle
|
|
* in the style of an underline used to indicate a spelling error.
|
|
*
|
|
* The width of the underline is rounded to an integer number
|
|
* of up/down segments and the resulting rectangle is centered
|
|
* in the original rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called while `renderer` is already active.
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate] to activate a renderer.
|
|
* @param x X coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param y Y coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param width width of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param height height of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_error_underline(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws a single glyph with coordinates in device space.
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
* @param glyph the glyph index of a single glyph
|
|
* @param x X coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph
|
|
* @param y Y coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_glyph(font: Font, glyph: Glyph, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws the glyphs in `glyph_item` with the specified `PangoRenderer`,
|
|
* embedding the text associated with the glyphs in the output if the
|
|
* output format supports it.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful for rendering text in PDF.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this method does not handle attributes in `glyph_item`.
|
|
* If you want colors, shapes and lines handled automatically according
|
|
* to those attributes, you need to use pango_renderer_draw_layout_line()
|
|
* or pango_renderer_draw_layout().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that `text` is the start of the text for layout, which is then
|
|
* indexed by `glyph_item->item->offset`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `text` is %NULL, this simply calls [method`Pango`.Renderer.draw_glyphs].
|
|
*
|
|
* The default implementation of this method simply falls back to
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Renderer.draw_glyphs].
|
|
* @param text the UTF-8 text that `glyph_item` refers to
|
|
* @param glyph_item a `PangoGlyphItem`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_glyph_item(text: string | null, glyph_item: GlyphItem, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws the glyphs in `glyphs` with the specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
* @param glyphs a `PangoGlyphString`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_glyphs(font: Font, glyphs: GlyphString, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws `layout` with the specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is equivalent to drawing the lines of the layout, at their
|
|
* respective positions relative to `x,` `y`.
|
|
* @param layout a `PangoLayout`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_layout(layout: Layout, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws `line` with the specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This draws the glyph items that make up the line, as well as
|
|
* shapes, backgrounds and lines that are specified by the attributes
|
|
* of those items.
|
|
* @param line a `PangoLayoutLine`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_layout_line(line: LayoutLine, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws an axis-aligned rectangle in user space coordinates with the
|
|
* specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called while `renderer` is already active.
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate] to activate a renderer.
|
|
* @param part type of object this rectangle is part of
|
|
* @param x X position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param y Y position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param width width of rectangle in Pango units
|
|
* @param height height of rectangle in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_rectangle(part: RenderPart, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws a trapezoid with the parallel sides aligned with the X axis
|
|
* using the given `PangoRenderer`; coordinates are in device space.
|
|
* @param part type of object this trapezoid is part of
|
|
* @param y1_ Y coordinate of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x11 X coordinate of left end of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x21 X coordinate of right end of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param y2 Y coordinate of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x12 X coordinate of left end of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x22 X coordinate of right end of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
*/
|
|
draw_trapezoid(part: RenderPart, y1_: number, x11: number, x21: number, y2: number, x12: number, x22: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current alpha for the specified part.
|
|
* @param part the part to get the alpha for
|
|
* @returns the alpha for the specified part, or 0 if it hasn't been set and should be inherited from the environment.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_alpha(part: RenderPart): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current rendering color for the specified part.
|
|
* @param part the part to get the color for
|
|
* @returns the color for the specified part, or %NULL if it hasn't been set and should be inherited from the environment.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_color(part: RenderPart): Color | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the layout currently being rendered using `renderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calling this function only makes sense from inside a subclass's
|
|
* methods, like in its draw_shape vfunc, for example.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned layout should not be modified while still being
|
|
* rendered.
|
|
* @returns the layout, or %NULL if no layout is being rendered using @renderer at this time.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_layout(): Layout | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the layout line currently being rendered using `renderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calling this function only makes sense from inside a subclass's
|
|
* methods, like in its draw_shape vfunc, for example.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned layout line should not be modified while still being
|
|
* rendered.
|
|
* @returns the layout line, or %NULL if no layout line is being rendered using @renderer at this time.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_layout_line(): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the transformation matrix that will be applied when
|
|
* rendering.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Renderer.set_matrix].
|
|
* @returns the matrix, or %NULL if no matrix has been set (which is the same as the identity matrix). The returned matrix is owned by Pango and must not be modified or freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_matrix(): Matrix | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Informs Pango that the way that the rendering is done
|
|
* for `part` has changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called if the rendering changes in a way that would
|
|
* prevent multiple pieces being joined together into one drawing call.
|
|
* For instance, if a subclass of `PangoRenderer` was to add a stipple
|
|
* option for drawing underlines, it needs to call
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* pango_renderer_part_changed (render, PANGO_RENDER_PART_UNDERLINE);
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* When the stipple changes or underlines with different stipples
|
|
* might be joined together. Pango automatically calls this for
|
|
* changes to colors. (See [method`Pango`.Renderer.set_color])
|
|
* @param part the part for which rendering has changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
part_changed(part: RenderPart): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the alpha for part of the rendering.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the alpha may only be used if a color is
|
|
* specified for `part` as well.
|
|
* @param part the part to set the alpha for
|
|
* @param alpha an alpha value between 1 and 65536, or 0 to unset the alpha
|
|
*/
|
|
set_alpha(part: RenderPart, alpha: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the color for part of the rendering.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also see [method`Pango`.Renderer.set_alpha].
|
|
* @param part the part to change the color of
|
|
* @param color the new color or %NULL to unset the current color
|
|
*/
|
|
set_color(part: RenderPart, color: Color | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the transformation matrix that will be applied when rendering.
|
|
* @param matrix a `PangoMatrix`, or %NULL to unset any existing matrix (No matrix set is the same as setting the identity matrix.)
|
|
*/
|
|
set_matrix(matrix: Matrix | null): void
|
|
|
|
// Own virtual methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
vfunc_begin(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draw a squiggly line that approximately covers the given rectangle
|
|
* in the style of an underline used to indicate a spelling error.
|
|
*
|
|
* The width of the underline is rounded to an integer number
|
|
* of up/down segments and the resulting rectangle is centered
|
|
* in the original rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called while `renderer` is already active.
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate] to activate a renderer.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param x X coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param y Y coordinate of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param width width of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
* @param height height of underline, in Pango units in user coordinate system
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_error_underline(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws a single glyph with coordinates in device space.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
* @param glyph the glyph index of a single glyph
|
|
* @param x X coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph
|
|
* @param y Y coordinate of left edge of baseline of glyph
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_glyph(font: Font, glyph: Glyph, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws the glyphs in `glyph_item` with the specified `PangoRenderer`,
|
|
* embedding the text associated with the glyphs in the output if the
|
|
* output format supports it.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful for rendering text in PDF.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this method does not handle attributes in `glyph_item`.
|
|
* If you want colors, shapes and lines handled automatically according
|
|
* to those attributes, you need to use pango_renderer_draw_layout_line()
|
|
* or pango_renderer_draw_layout().
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that `text` is the start of the text for layout, which is then
|
|
* indexed by `glyph_item->item->offset`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `text` is %NULL, this simply calls [method`Pango`.Renderer.draw_glyphs].
|
|
*
|
|
* The default implementation of this method simply falls back to
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Renderer.draw_glyphs].
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param text the UTF-8 text that `glyph_item` refers to
|
|
* @param glyph_item a `PangoGlyphItem`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_glyph_item(text: string | null, glyph_item: GlyphItem, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws the glyphs in `glyphs` with the specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
* @param glyphs a `PangoGlyphString`
|
|
* @param x X position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
* @param y Y position of left edge of baseline, in user space coordinates in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_glyphs(font: Font, glyphs: GlyphString, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws an axis-aligned rectangle in user space coordinates with the
|
|
* specified `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called while `renderer` is already active.
|
|
* Use [method`Pango`.Renderer.activate] to activate a renderer.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param part type of object this rectangle is part of
|
|
* @param x X position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param y Y position at which to draw rectangle, in user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* @param width width of rectangle in Pango units
|
|
* @param height height of rectangle in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_rectangle(part: RenderPart, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void
|
|
vfunc_draw_shape(attr: AttrShape, x: number, y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Draws a trapezoid with the parallel sides aligned with the X axis
|
|
* using the given `PangoRenderer`; coordinates are in device space.
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param part type of object this trapezoid is part of
|
|
* @param y1_ Y coordinate of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x11 X coordinate of left end of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x21 X coordinate of right end of top of trapezoid
|
|
* @param y2 Y coordinate of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x12 X coordinate of left end of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
* @param x22 X coordinate of right end of bottom of trapezoid
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_draw_trapezoid(part: RenderPart, y1_: number, x11: number, x21: number, y2: number, x12: number, x22: number): void
|
|
vfunc_end(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Informs Pango that the way that the rendering is done
|
|
* for `part` has changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* This should be called if the rendering changes in a way that would
|
|
* prevent multiple pieces being joined together into one drawing call.
|
|
* For instance, if a subclass of `PangoRenderer` was to add a stipple
|
|
* option for drawing underlines, it needs to call
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* pango_renderer_part_changed (render, PANGO_RENDER_PART_UNDERLINE);
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* When the stipple changes or underlines with different stipples
|
|
* might be joined together. Pango automatically calls this for
|
|
* changes to colors. (See [method`Pango`.Renderer.set_color])
|
|
* @virtual
|
|
* @param part the part for which rendering has changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
vfunc_part_changed(part: RenderPart): void
|
|
vfunc_prepare_run(run: LayoutRun): void
|
|
|
|
// Class property signals of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
connect(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
connect_after(sigName: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => void): number
|
|
emit(sigName: string, ...args: any[]): void
|
|
disconnect(id: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* `PangoRenderer` is a base class for objects that can render text
|
|
* provided as `PangoGlyphString` or `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* By subclassing `PangoRenderer` and overriding operations such as
|
|
* `draw_glyphs` and `draw_rectangle,` renderers for particular font
|
|
* backends and destinations can be created.
|
|
* @class
|
|
*/
|
|
class Renderer extends GObject.Object {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
static $gtype: GObject.GType<Renderer>
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Renderer
|
|
|
|
constructor(config?: Renderer.ConstructorProperties)
|
|
_init(config?: Renderer.ConstructorProperties): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Analysis {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Analysis
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* unused, reserved
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
shape_engine: any
|
|
/**
|
|
* unused, reserved
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
lang_engine: any
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font for this segment.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
font: Font
|
|
/**
|
|
* the bidirectional level for this segment.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
level: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* the glyph orientation for this segment (A `PangoGravity`).
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
gravity: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* boolean flags for this segment (Since: 1.16).
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
flags: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* the detected script for this segment (A `PangoScript`) (Since: 1.18).
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
script: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* the detected language for this segment.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
language: Language
|
|
/**
|
|
* extra attributes for this segment.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
extra_attrs: any[]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAnalysis` structure stores information about
|
|
* the properties of a segment of text.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Analysis {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Analysis
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrClass
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the type ID for this attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
type: AttrType
|
|
copy: (attr: Attribute) => Attribute
|
|
destroy: (attr: Attribute) => void
|
|
equal: (attr1: Attribute, attr2: Attribute) => boolean
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrClass` structure stores the type and operations for
|
|
* a particular type of attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* The functions in this structure should not be called directly. Instead,
|
|
* one should use the wrapper functions provided for `PangoAttribute`.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrColor {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrColor
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the `PangoColor` which is the value of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
color: Color
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrColor` structure is used to represent attributes that
|
|
* are colors.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrColor {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrColor
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrFloat {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFloat
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the value of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
value: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrFloat` structure is used to represent attributes with
|
|
* a float or double value.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrFloat {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFloat
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrFontDesc {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontDesc
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the font description which is the value of this attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
desc: FontDescription
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrFontDesc` structure is used to store an attribute that
|
|
* sets all aspects of the font description at once.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrFontDesc {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontDesc
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontDesc
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font description attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* This attribute allows setting family, style, weight, variant,
|
|
* stretch, and size simultaneously.
|
|
* @param desc the font description
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(desc: FontDescription): Attribute
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrFontFeatures {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontFeatures
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the features, as a string in CSS syntax
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
features: string | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrFontFeatures` structure is used to represent OpenType
|
|
* font features as an attribute.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrFontFeatures {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontFeatures
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrFontFeatures
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font features tag attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can use this attribute to select OpenType font features like small-caps,
|
|
* alternative glyphs, ligatures, etc. for fonts that support them.
|
|
* @param features a string with OpenType font features, with the syntax of the [CSS font-feature-settings property](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-fonts-4/#font-rend-desc)
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(features: string | null): Attribute
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrInt {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrInt
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the value of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
value: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrInt` structure is used to represent attributes with
|
|
* an integer or enumeration value.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrInt {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrInt
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrIterator {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrIterator
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copy a `PangoAttrIterator`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttrIterator`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.AttrIterator.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): AttrIterator
|
|
/**
|
|
* Destroy a `PangoAttrIterator` and free all associated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
destroy(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Find the current attribute of a particular type
|
|
* at the iterator location.
|
|
*
|
|
* When multiple attributes of the same type overlap,
|
|
* the attribute whose range starts closest to the
|
|
* current location is used.
|
|
* @param type the type of attribute to find
|
|
* @returns the current attribute of the given type, or %NULL if no attribute of that type applies to the current location.
|
|
*/
|
|
get(type: AttrType): Attribute | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a list of all attributes at the current position of the
|
|
* iterator.
|
|
* @returns a list of all attributes for the current range. To free this value, call [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy] on each value and g_slist_free() on the list.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_attrs(): Attribute[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get the font and other attributes at the current
|
|
* iterator position.
|
|
* @param desc a `PangoFontDescription` to fill in with the current values. The family name in this structure will be set using [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_family_static] using values from an attribute in the `PangoAttrList` associated with the iterator, so if you plan to keep it around, you must call: `pango_font_description_set_family (desc, pango_font_description_get_family (desc))`.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font(desc: FontDescription): [ /* language */ Language, /* extra_attrs */ Attribute[] ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Advance the iterator until the next change of style.
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if the iterator is at the end of the list, otherwise %TRUE
|
|
*/
|
|
next(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get the range of the current segment.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the stored return values are signed, not unsigned
|
|
* like the values in `PangoAttribute`. To deal with this API
|
|
* oversight, stored return values that wouldn't fit into
|
|
* a signed integer are clamped to %G_MAXINT.
|
|
*/
|
|
range(): [ /* start */ number, /* end */ number ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoAttrIterator` is used to iterate through a `PangoAttrList`.
|
|
*
|
|
* A new iterator is created with [method`Pango`.AttrList.get_iterator].
|
|
* Once the iterator is created, it can be advanced through the style
|
|
* changes in the text using [method`Pango`.AttrIterator.next]. At each
|
|
* style change, the range of the current style segment and the attributes
|
|
* currently in effect can be queried.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrIterator {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrIterator
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrLanguage {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrLanguage
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the `PangoLanguage` which is the value of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
value: Language
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrLanguage` structure is used to represent attributes that
|
|
* are languages.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrLanguage {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrLanguage
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrLanguage
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new language tag attribute.
|
|
* @param language language tag
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(language: Language): Attribute
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrList {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrList
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Insert the given attribute into the `PangoAttrList`.
|
|
*
|
|
* It will replace any attributes of the same type
|
|
* on that segment and be merged with any adjoining
|
|
* attributes that are identical.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is slower than [method`Pango`.AttrList.insert]
|
|
* for creating an attribute list in order (potentially
|
|
* much slower for large lists). However,
|
|
* [method`Pango`.AttrList.insert] is not suitable for
|
|
* continually changing a set of attributes since it
|
|
* never removes or combines existing attributes.
|
|
* @param attr the attribute to insert
|
|
*/
|
|
change(attr: Attribute): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copy `list` and return an identical new list.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttrList`, with a reference count of one, which should be freed with [method@Pango.AttrList.unref]. Returns %NULL if @list was %NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): AttrList | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Checks whether `list` and `other_list` contain the same
|
|
* attributes and whether those attributes apply to the
|
|
* same ranges.
|
|
*
|
|
* Beware that this will return wrong values if any list
|
|
* contains duplicates.
|
|
* @param other_list the other `PangoAttrList`
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the lists are equal, %FALSE if they aren't
|
|
*/
|
|
equal(other_list: AttrList): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a `PangoAttrList` and callback function, removes
|
|
* any elements of `list` for which `func` returns %TRUE and
|
|
* inserts them into a new list.
|
|
* @param func callback function; returns %TRUE if an attribute should be filtered out
|
|
* @returns the new `PangoAttrList` or %NULL if no attributes of the given types were found
|
|
*/
|
|
filter(func: AttrFilterFunc): AttrList | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a list of all attributes in `list`.
|
|
* @returns a list of all attributes in @list. To free this value, call [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy] on each value and g_slist_free() on the list.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_attributes(): Attribute[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a iterator initialized to the beginning of the list.
|
|
*
|
|
* `list` must not be modified until this iterator is freed.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttrIterator`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.AttrIterator.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
get_iterator(): AttrIterator
|
|
/**
|
|
* Insert the given attribute into the `PangoAttrList`.
|
|
*
|
|
* It will be inserted after all other attributes with a
|
|
* matching `start_index`.
|
|
* @param attr the attribute to insert
|
|
*/
|
|
insert(attr: Attribute): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Insert the given attribute into the `PangoAttrList`.
|
|
*
|
|
* It will be inserted before all other attributes with a
|
|
* matching `start_index`.
|
|
* @param attr the attribute to insert
|
|
*/
|
|
insert_before(attr: Attribute): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Increase the reference count of the given attribute
|
|
* list by one.
|
|
* @returns The attribute list passed in
|
|
*/
|
|
ref(): AttrList
|
|
/**
|
|
* This function opens up a hole in `list,` fills it
|
|
* in with attributes from the left, and then merges
|
|
* `other` on top of the hole.
|
|
*
|
|
* This operation is equivalent to stretching every attribute
|
|
* that applies at position `pos` in `list` by an amount `len,`
|
|
* and then calling [method`Pango`.AttrList.change] with a copy
|
|
* of each attribute in `other` in sequence (offset in position
|
|
* by `pos,` and limited in length to `len)`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This operation proves useful for, for instance, inserting
|
|
* a pre-edit string in the middle of an edit buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* For backwards compatibility, the function behaves differently
|
|
* when `len` is 0. In this case, the attributes from `other` are
|
|
* not imited to `len,` and are just overlayed on top of `list`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This mode is useful for merging two lists of attributes together.
|
|
* @param other another `PangoAttrList`
|
|
* @param pos the position in `list` at which to insert `other`
|
|
* @param len the length of the spliced segment. (Note that this must be specified since the attributes in `other` may only be present at some subsection of this range)
|
|
*/
|
|
splice(other: AttrList, pos: number, len: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Serializes a `PangoAttrList` to a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the resulting string, serialized attributes are separated by newlines or commas.
|
|
* Individual attributes are serialized to a string of the form
|
|
*
|
|
* START END TYPE VALUE
|
|
*
|
|
* Where START and END are the indices (with -1 being accepted in place
|
|
* of MAXUINT), TYPE is the nickname of the attribute value type, e.g.
|
|
* _weight_ or _stretch_, and the value is serialized according to its type:
|
|
*
|
|
* - enum values as nick or numeric value
|
|
* - boolean values as _true_ or _false_
|
|
* - integers and floats as numbers
|
|
* - strings as string, optionally quoted
|
|
* - font features as quoted string
|
|
* - PangoLanguage as string
|
|
* - PangoFontDescription as serialized by [method`Pango`.FontDescription.to_string], quoted
|
|
* - PangoColor as serialized by [method`Pango`.Color.to_string]
|
|
*
|
|
* Examples:
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* 0 10 foreground red, 5 15 weight bold, 0 200 font-desc "Sans 10"
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* 0 -1 weight 700
|
|
* 0 100 family Times
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* To parse the returned value, use [func`Pango`.AttrList.from_string].
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that shape attributes can not be serialized.
|
|
* @returns a newly allocated string
|
|
*/
|
|
to_string(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Decrease the reference count of the given attribute
|
|
* list by one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the result is zero, free the attribute list
|
|
* and the attributes it contains.
|
|
*/
|
|
unref(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Update indices of attributes in `list` for a change in the
|
|
* text they refer to.
|
|
*
|
|
* The change that this function applies is removing `remove`
|
|
* bytes at position `pos` and inserting `add` bytes instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* Attributes that fall entirely in the (`pos,` `pos` + `remove)`
|
|
* range are removed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Attributes that start or end inside the (`pos,` `pos` + `remove)`
|
|
* range are shortened to reflect the removal.
|
|
*
|
|
* Attributes start and end positions are updated if they are
|
|
* behind `pos` + `remove`.
|
|
* @param pos the position of the change
|
|
* @param remove the number of removed bytes
|
|
* @param add the number of added bytes
|
|
*/
|
|
update(pos: number, remove: number, add: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoAttrList` represents a list of attributes that apply to a section
|
|
* of text.
|
|
*
|
|
* The attributes in a `PangoAttrList` are, in general, allowed to overlap in
|
|
* an arbitrary fashion. However, if the attributes are manipulated only through
|
|
* [method`Pango`.AttrList.change], the overlap between properties will meet
|
|
* stricter criteria.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since the `PangoAttrList` structure is stored as a linear list, it is not
|
|
* suitable for storing attributes for large amounts of text. In general, you
|
|
* should not use a single `PangoAttrList` for more than one paragraph of text.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrList {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrList
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrList
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new empty attribute list with a reference
|
|
* count of one.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttrList`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.AttrList.unref]
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new empty attribute list with a reference
|
|
* count of one.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttrList`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.AttrList.unref]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): AttrList
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deserializes a `PangoAttrList` from a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the counterpart to [method`Pango`.AttrList.to_string].
|
|
* See that functions for details about the format.
|
|
* @param text a string
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoAttrList`
|
|
*/
|
|
static from_string(text: string | null): AttrList | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrShape {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrShape
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the ink rectangle to restrict to
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
ink_rect: Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* the logical rectangle to restrict to
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
logical_rect: Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* user data set (see [func`Pango`.AttrShape.new_with_data])
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
data: any
|
|
/**
|
|
* copy function for the user data
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
copy_func: AttrDataCopyFunc
|
|
/**
|
|
* destroy function for the user data
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
destroy_func: GLib.DestroyNotify
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrShape` structure is used to represent attributes which
|
|
* impose shape restrictions.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrShape {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrShape
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrShape
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new shape attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* A shape is used to impose a particular ink and logical
|
|
* rectangle on the result of shaping a particular glyph.
|
|
* This might be used, for instance, for embedding a picture
|
|
* or a widget inside a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
* @param ink_rect ink rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param logical_rect logical rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(ink_rect: Rectangle, logical_rect: Rectangle): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new shape attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* Like [func`Pango`.AttrShape.new], but a user data pointer
|
|
* is also provided; this pointer can be accessed when later
|
|
* rendering the glyph.
|
|
* @param ink_rect ink rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param logical_rect logical rectangle to assign to each character
|
|
* @param data user data pointer
|
|
* @param copy_func function to copy `data` when the attribute is copied. If %NULL, `data` is simply copied as a pointer
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new_with_data(ink_rect: Rectangle, logical_rect: Rectangle, data: any | null, copy_func: AttrDataCopyFunc | null): Attribute
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrSize {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrSize
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* size of font, in units of 1/%PANGO_SCALE of a point (for
|
|
* %PANGO_ATTR_SIZE) or of a device unit (for %PANGO_ATTR_ABSOLUTE_SIZE)
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
size: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* whether the font size is in device units or points.
|
|
* This field is only present for compatibility with Pango-1.8.0
|
|
* (%PANGO_ATTR_ABSOLUTE_SIZE was added in 1.8.1); and always will
|
|
* be %FALSE for %PANGO_ATTR_SIZE and %TRUE for %PANGO_ATTR_ABSOLUTE_SIZE.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
absolute: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrSize` structure is used to represent attributes which
|
|
* set font size.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrSize {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrSize
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrSize
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font-size attribute in fractional points.
|
|
* @param size the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE-ths of a point
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(size: number): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new font-size attribute in device units.
|
|
* @param size the font size, in %PANGO_SCALE-ths of a device unit
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy]
|
|
*/
|
|
static new_absolute(size: number): Attribute
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface AttrString {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrString
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the common portion of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* the string which is the value of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
value: string | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttrString` structure is used to represent attributes with
|
|
* a string value.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class AttrString {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.AttrString
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Attribute {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Attribute
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the class structure holding information about the type of the attribute
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
klass: AttrClass
|
|
/**
|
|
* the start index of the range (in bytes).
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
start_index: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* end index of the range (in bytes). The character at this index
|
|
* is not included in the range.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
end_index: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Attribute
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrColor`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrColor`, or %NULL if it's not a color attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_color(): AttrColor | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrFloat`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrFloat`, or %NULL if it's not a floating point attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_float(): AttrFloat | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrFontDesc`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrFontDesc`, or %NULL if it's not a font description attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_font_desc(): AttrFontDesc | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrFontFeatures`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrFontFeatures`, or %NULL if it's not a font features attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_font_features(): AttrFontFeatures | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrInt`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrInt`, or %NULL if it's not an integer attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_int(): AttrInt | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrLanguage`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrLanguage`, or %NULL if it's not a language attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_language(): AttrLanguage | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrShape`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrShape`, or %NULL if it's not a shape attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_shape(): AttrShape | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrSize`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrSize`, or NULL if it's not a size attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_size(): AttrSize | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the attribute cast to `PangoAttrString`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mainly useful for language bindings.
|
|
* @returns The attribute as `PangoAttrString`, or %NULL if it's not a string attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
as_string(): AttrString | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Make a copy of an attribute.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoAttribute`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Attribute.destroy].
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Attribute
|
|
/**
|
|
* Destroy a `PangoAttribute` and free all associated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
destroy(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compare two attributes for equality.
|
|
*
|
|
* This compares only the actual value of the two
|
|
* attributes and not the ranges that the attributes
|
|
* apply to.
|
|
* @param attr2 another `PangoAttribute`
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the two attributes have the same value
|
|
*/
|
|
equal(attr2: Attribute): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Initializes `attr'`s klass to `klass,` it's start_index to
|
|
* %PANGO_ATTR_INDEX_FROM_TEXT_BEGINNING and end_index to
|
|
* %PANGO_ATTR_INDEX_TO_TEXT_END such that the attribute applies
|
|
* to the entire text by default.
|
|
* @param klass a `PangoAttrClass`
|
|
*/
|
|
init(klass: AttrClass): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoAttribute` structure represents the common portions of all
|
|
* attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Particular types of attributes include this structure as their initial
|
|
* portion. The common portion of the attribute holds the range to which
|
|
* the value in the type-specific part of the attribute applies and should
|
|
* be initialized using [method`Pango`.Attribute.init]. By default, an attribute
|
|
* will have an all-inclusive range of [0,%G_MAXUINT].
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Attribute {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Attribute
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Color {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Color
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* value of red component
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
red: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* value of green component
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
green: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* value of blue component
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
blue: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Color
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a copy of `src`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The copy should be freed with [method`Pango`.Color.free].
|
|
* Primarily used by language bindings, not that useful
|
|
* otherwise (since colors can just be copied by assignment
|
|
* in C).
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoColor`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Color.free]
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Color | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a color allocated by [method`Pango`.Color.copy].
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Fill in the fields of a color from a string specification.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string can either one of a large set of standard names.
|
|
* (Taken from the CSS Color [specification](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#named-colors),
|
|
* or it can be a value in the form `#rgb`, `#rrggbb`,
|
|
* `#rrrgggbbb` or `#rrrrggggbbbb`, where `r`, `g` and `b`
|
|
* are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components
|
|
* of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is
|
|
* `#fff`, `#ffffff`, `#fffffffff` and `#ffffffffffff`.)
|
|
* @param spec a string specifying the new color
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if parsing of the specifier succeeded, otherwise %FALSE
|
|
*/
|
|
parse(spec: string | null): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Fill in the fields of a color from a string specification.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string can either one of a large set of standard names.
|
|
* (Taken from the CSS Color [specification](https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/#named-colors),
|
|
* or it can be a hexadecimal value in the form `#rgb`,
|
|
* `#rrggbb`, `#rrrgggbbb` or `#rrrrggggbbbb` where `r`, `g`
|
|
* and `b` are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components
|
|
* of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is
|
|
* `#fff`, `#ffffff`, `#fffffffff` and `#ffffffffffff`.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Additionally, parse strings of the form `#rgba`, `#rrggbbaa`,
|
|
* `#rrrrggggbbbbaaaa`, if `alpha` is not %NULL, and set `alpha`
|
|
* to the value specified by the hex digits for `a`. If no alpha
|
|
* component is found in `spec,` `alpha` is set to 0xffff (for a
|
|
* solid color).
|
|
* @param spec a string specifying the new color
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if parsing of the specifier succeeded, otherwise %FALSE
|
|
*/
|
|
parse_with_alpha(spec: string | null): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* alpha */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns a textual specification of `color`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string is in the hexadecimal form `#rrrrggggbbbb`,
|
|
* where `r`, `g` and `b` are hex digits representing the
|
|
* red, green, and blue components respectively.
|
|
* @returns a newly-allocated text string that must be freed with g_free().
|
|
*/
|
|
to_string(): string | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoColor` structure is used to
|
|
* represent a color in an uncalibrated RGB color-space.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Color {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Color
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface ContextClass {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class ContextClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.ContextClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontClass
|
|
|
|
parent_class: GObject.ObjectClass
|
|
describe: (font: Font) => FontDescription
|
|
get_coverage: (font: Font, language: Language) => Coverage
|
|
get_glyph_extents: (font: Font | null, glyph: Glyph) => [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
get_metrics: (font: Font | null, language: Language | null) => FontMetrics
|
|
get_font_map: (font: Font | null) => FontMap | null
|
|
describe_absolute: (font: Font) => FontDescription
|
|
get_features: (font: Font, num_features: number) => [ /* features */ HarfBuzz.feature_t[], /* num_features */ number ]
|
|
create_hb_font: (font: Font) => HarfBuzz.font_t
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class FontClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontDescription {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontDescription
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines if the style attributes of `new_match` are a closer match
|
|
* for `desc` than those of `old_match` are, or if `old_match` is %NULL,
|
|
* determines if `new_match` is a match at all.
|
|
*
|
|
* Approximate matching is done for weight and style; other style attributes
|
|
* must match exactly. Style attributes are all attributes other than family
|
|
* and size-related attributes. Approximate matching for style considers
|
|
* %PANGO_STYLE_OBLIQUE and %PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC as matches, but not as good
|
|
* a match as when the styles are equal.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that `old_match` must match `desc`.
|
|
* @param old_match a `PangoFontDescription`, or %NULL
|
|
* @param new_match a `PangoFontDescription`
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @new_match is a better match
|
|
*/
|
|
better_match(old_match: FontDescription | null, new_match: FontDescription): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Make a copy of a `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontDescription`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.FontDescription.free], or %NULL if @desc was %NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): FontDescription | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Make a copy of a `PangoFontDescription`, but don't duplicate
|
|
* allocated fields.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is like [method`Pango`.FontDescription.copy], but only a shallow
|
|
* copy is made of the family name and other allocated fields. The result
|
|
* can only be used until `desc` is modified or freed. This is meant
|
|
* to be used when the copy is only needed temporarily.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontDescription`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.FontDescription.free], or %NULL if @desc was %NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
copy_static(): FontDescription | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compares two font descriptions for equality.
|
|
*
|
|
* Two font descriptions are considered equal if the fonts they describe
|
|
* are provably identical. This means that their masks do not have to match,
|
|
* as long as other fields are all the same. (Two font descriptions may
|
|
* result in identical fonts being loaded, but still compare %FALSE.)
|
|
* @param desc2 another `PangoFontDescription`
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the two font descriptions are identical, %FALSE otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
equal(desc2: FontDescription): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a font description.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the family name field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_family].
|
|
* @returns the family name field for the font description, or %NULL if not previously set. This has the same life-time as the font description itself and should not be freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_family(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the gravity field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_gravity].
|
|
* @returns the gravity field for the font description. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_gravity(): Gravity
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines which fields in a font description have been set.
|
|
* @returns a bitmask with bits set corresponding to the fields in @desc that have been set.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_set_fields(): FontMask
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the size field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_size].
|
|
* @returns the size field for the font description in points or device units. You must call [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_size_is_absolute] to find out which is the case. Returns 0 if the size field has not previously been set or it has been set to 0 explicitly. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_size(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines whether the size of the font is in points (not absolute)
|
|
* or device units (absolute).
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_size]
|
|
* and [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_absolute_size].
|
|
* @returns whether the size for the font description is in points or device units. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the size field of the font description was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_size_is_absolute(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the stretch field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_stretch].
|
|
* @returns the stretch field for the font description. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_stretch(): Stretch
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the style field of a `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_style].
|
|
* @returns the style field for the font description. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_style(): Style
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the variant field of a `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_variant].
|
|
* @returns the variant field for the font description. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_variant(): Variant
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the variations field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_variations].
|
|
* @returns the variations field for the font description, or %NULL if not previously set. This has the same life-time as the font description itself and should not be freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_variations(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the weight field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_weight].
|
|
* @returns the weight field for the font description. Use [method@Pango.FontDescription.get_set_fields] to find out if the field was explicitly set or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_weight(): Weight
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes a hash of a `PangoFontDescription` structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is suitable to be used, for example, as an argument
|
|
* to g_hash_table_new(). The hash value is independent of `desc->`mask.
|
|
* @returns the hash value.
|
|
*/
|
|
hash(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Merges the fields that are set in `desc_to_merge` into the fields in
|
|
* `desc`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `replace_existing` is %FALSE, only fields in `desc` that
|
|
* are not already set are affected. If %TRUE, then fields that are
|
|
* already set will be replaced as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `desc_to_merge` is %NULL, this function performs nothing.
|
|
* @param desc_to_merge the `PangoFontDescription` to merge from, or %NULL
|
|
* @param replace_existing if %TRUE, replace fields in `desc` with the corresponding values from `desc_to_merge,` even if they are already exist.
|
|
*/
|
|
merge(desc_to_merge: FontDescription | null, replace_existing: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Merges the fields that are set in `desc_to_merge` into the fields in
|
|
* `desc,` without copying allocated fields.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is like [method`Pango`.FontDescription.merge], but only a shallow copy
|
|
* is made of the family name and other allocated fields. `desc` can only
|
|
* be used until `desc_to_merge` is modified or freed. This is meant to
|
|
* be used when the merged font description is only needed temporarily.
|
|
* @param desc_to_merge the `PangoFontDescription` to merge from
|
|
* @param replace_existing if %TRUE, replace fields in `desc` with the corresponding values from `desc_to_merge,` even if they are already exist.
|
|
*/
|
|
merge_static(desc_to_merge: FontDescription, replace_existing: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the size field of a font description, in device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mutually exclusive with [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_size]
|
|
* which sets the font size in points.
|
|
* @param size the new size, in Pango units. There are %PANGO_SCALE Pango units in one device unit. For an output backend where a device unit is a pixel, a `size` value of 10 * PANGO_SCALE gives a 10 pixel font.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_absolute_size(size: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the family name field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The family
|
|
* name represents a family of related font styles, and will
|
|
* resolve to a particular `PangoFontFamily`. In some uses of
|
|
* `PangoFontDescription`, it is also possible to use a comma
|
|
* separated list of family names for this field.
|
|
* @param family a string representing the family name.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_family(family: string | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the family name field of a font description, without copying the string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is like [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_family], except that no
|
|
* copy of `family` is made. The caller must make sure that the
|
|
* string passed in stays around until `desc` has been freed or the
|
|
* name is set again. This function can be used if `family` is a static
|
|
* string such as a C string literal, or if `desc` is only needed temporarily.
|
|
* @param family a string representing the family name
|
|
*/
|
|
set_family_static(family: string | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the gravity field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The gravity field
|
|
* specifies how the glyphs should be rotated. If `gravity` is
|
|
* %PANGO_GRAVITY_AUTO, this actually unsets the gravity mask on
|
|
* the font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is seldom useful to the user. Gravity should normally
|
|
* be set on a `PangoContext`.
|
|
* @param gravity the gravity for the font description.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_gravity(gravity: Gravity): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the size field of a font description in fractional points.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is mutually exclusive with
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_absolute_size].
|
|
* @param size the size of the font in points, scaled by %PANGO_SCALE. (That is, a `size` value of 10 * PANGO_SCALE is a 10 point font. The conversion factor between points and device units depends on system configuration and the output device. For screen display, a logical DPI of 96 is common, in which case a 10 point font corresponds to a 10 * (96 / 72) = 13.3 pixel font. Use [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_absolute_size] if you need a particular size in device units.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_size(size: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the stretch field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The [enum`Pango`.Stretch] field specifies how narrow or
|
|
* wide the font should be.
|
|
* @param stretch the stretch for the font description
|
|
*/
|
|
set_stretch(stretch: Stretch): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the style field of a `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The [enum`Pango`.Style] enumeration describes whether the font is
|
|
* slanted and the manner in which it is slanted; it can be either
|
|
* %PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL, %PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC, or %PANGO_STYLE_OBLIQUE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Most fonts will either have a italic style or an oblique style,
|
|
* but not both, and font matching in Pango will match italic
|
|
* specifications with oblique fonts and vice-versa if an exact
|
|
* match is not found.
|
|
* @param style the style for the font description
|
|
*/
|
|
set_style(style: Style): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the variant field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The [enum`Pango`.Variant] can either be %PANGO_VARIANT_NORMAL
|
|
* or %PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS.
|
|
* @param variant the variant type for the font description.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_variant(variant: Variant): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the variations field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* OpenType font variations allow to select a font instance by
|
|
* specifying values for a number of axes, such as width or weight.
|
|
*
|
|
* The format of the variations string is
|
|
*
|
|
* AXIS1=VALUE,AXIS2=VALUE...
|
|
*
|
|
* with each AXIS a 4 character tag that identifies a font axis,
|
|
* and each VALUE a floating point number. Unknown axes are ignored,
|
|
* and values are clamped to their allowed range.
|
|
*
|
|
* Pango does not currently have a way to find supported axes of
|
|
* a font. Both harfbuzz and freetype have API for this. See
|
|
* for example [hb_ot_var_get_axis_infos](https://harfbuzz.github.io/harfbuzz-hb-ot-var.html#hb-ot-var-get-axis-infos).
|
|
* @param variations a string representing the variations
|
|
*/
|
|
set_variations(variations: string | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the variations field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is like [method`Pango`.FontDescription.set_variations], except
|
|
* that no copy of `variations` is made. The caller must make sure that
|
|
* the string passed in stays around until `desc` has been freed
|
|
* or the name is set again. This function can be used if
|
|
* `variations` is a static string such as a C string literal,
|
|
* or if `desc` is only needed temporarily.
|
|
* @param variations a string representing the variations
|
|
*/
|
|
set_variations_static(variations: string | null): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the weight field of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The weight field
|
|
* specifies how bold or light the font should be. In addition
|
|
* to the values of the [enum`Pango`.Weight] enumeration, other
|
|
* intermediate numeric values are possible.
|
|
* @param weight the weight for the font description.
|
|
*/
|
|
set_weight(weight: Weight): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a filename representation of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* The filename is identical to the result from calling
|
|
* [method`Pango`.FontDescription.to_string], but with underscores
|
|
* instead of characters that are untypical in filenames, and in
|
|
* lower case only.
|
|
* @returns a new string that must be freed with g_free().
|
|
*/
|
|
to_filename(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a string representation of a font description.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [func`Pango`.FontDescription.from_string] for a description
|
|
* of the format of the string representation. The family list in
|
|
* the string description will only have a terminating comma if
|
|
* the last word of the list is a valid style option.
|
|
* @returns a new string that must be freed with g_free().
|
|
*/
|
|
to_string(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Unsets some of the fields in a `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The unset fields will get back to their default values.
|
|
* @param to_unset bitmask of fields in the `desc` to unset.
|
|
*/
|
|
unset_fields(to_unset: FontMask): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontDescription` describes a font in an implementation-independent
|
|
* manner.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoFontDescription` structures are used both to list what fonts are
|
|
* available on the system and also for specifying the characteristics of
|
|
* a font to load.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontDescription {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontDescription
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontDescription
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new font description structure with all fields unset.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontDescription`, which should be freed using [method@Pango.FontDescription.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new font description structure with all fields unset.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoFontDescription`, which should be freed using [method@Pango.FontDescription.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): FontDescription
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new font description from a string representation.
|
|
*
|
|
* The string must have the form
|
|
*
|
|
* "\[FAMILY-LIST] \[STYLE-OPTIONS] \[SIZE] \[VARIATIONS]",
|
|
*
|
|
* where FAMILY-LIST is a comma-separated list of families optionally
|
|
* terminated by a comma, STYLE_OPTIONS is a whitespace-separated list
|
|
* of words where each word describes one of style, variant, weight,
|
|
* stretch, or gravity, and SIZE is a decimal number (size in points)
|
|
* or optionally followed by the unit modifier "px" for absolute size.
|
|
* VARIATIONS is a comma-separated list of font variation
|
|
* specifications of the form "\`axis=`value" (the = sign is optional).
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as styles:
|
|
* "Normal", "Roman", "Oblique", "Italic".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as variants:
|
|
* "Small-Caps", "All-Small-Caps", "Petite-Caps", "All-Petite-Caps",
|
|
* "Unicase", "Title-Caps".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as weights:
|
|
* "Thin", "Ultra-Light", "Extra-Light", "Light", "Semi-Light",
|
|
* "Demi-Light", "Book", "Regular", "Medium", "Semi-Bold", "Demi-Bold",
|
|
* "Bold", "Ultra-Bold", "Extra-Bold", "Heavy", "Black", "Ultra-Black",
|
|
* "Extra-Black".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as stretch values:
|
|
* "Ultra-Condensed", "Extra-Condensed", "Condensed", "Semi-Condensed",
|
|
* "Semi-Expanded", "Expanded", "Extra-Expanded", "Ultra-Expanded".
|
|
*
|
|
* The following words are understood as gravity values:
|
|
* "Not-Rotated", "South", "Upside-Down", "North", "Rotated-Left",
|
|
* "East", "Rotated-Right", "West".
|
|
*
|
|
* Any one of the options may be absent. If FAMILY-LIST is absent, then
|
|
* the family_name field of the resulting font description will be
|
|
* initialized to %NULL. If STYLE-OPTIONS is missing, then all style
|
|
* options will be set to the default values. If SIZE is missing, the
|
|
* size in the resulting font description will be set to 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* A typical example:
|
|
*
|
|
* "Cantarell Italic Light 15 \`wght=`200"
|
|
* @param str string representation of a font description.
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoFontDescription`.
|
|
*/
|
|
static from_string(str: string | null): FontDescription
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontFaceClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFaceClass
|
|
|
|
parent_class: GObject.ObjectClass
|
|
get_face_name: (face: FontFace) => string | null
|
|
describe: (face: FontFace) => FontDescription
|
|
list_sizes: (face: FontFace) => /* sizes */ number[] | null
|
|
is_synthesized: (face: FontFace) => boolean
|
|
get_family: (face: FontFace) => FontFamily
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class FontFaceClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFaceClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontFamilyClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamilyClass
|
|
|
|
parent_class: GObject.ObjectClass
|
|
list_faces: (family: FontFamily) => /* faces */ FontFace[]
|
|
get_name: (family: FontFamily) => string | null
|
|
is_monospace: (family: FontFamily) => boolean
|
|
is_variable: (family: FontFamily) => boolean
|
|
get_face: (family: FontFamily, name: string | null) => FontFace | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class FontFamilyClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontFamilyClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontMapClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMapClass
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* parent `GObjectClass`
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
parent_class: GObject.ObjectClass
|
|
load_font: (fontmap: FontMap, context: Context, desc: FontDescription) => Font | null
|
|
list_families: (fontmap: FontMap) => /* families */ FontFamily[]
|
|
load_fontset: (fontmap: FontMap, context: Context, desc: FontDescription, language: Language) => Fontset | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* the type of rendering-system-dependent engines that
|
|
* can handle fonts of this fonts loaded with this fontmap.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
shape_engine_type: string | null
|
|
get_serial: (fontmap: FontMap) => number
|
|
changed: (fontmap: FontMap) => void
|
|
get_family: (fontmap: FontMap, name: string | null) => FontFamily
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoFontMapClass` structure holds the virtual functions for
|
|
* a particular `PangoFontMap` implementation.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
abstract class FontMapClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMapClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontMetrics {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMetrics
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the approximate character width for a font metrics structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is merely a representative value useful, for example, for
|
|
* determining the initial size for a window. Actual characters in
|
|
* text will be wider and narrower than this.
|
|
* @returns the character width, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_approximate_char_width(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the approximate digit width for a font metrics structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is merely a representative value useful, for example, for
|
|
* determining the initial size for a window. Actual digits in
|
|
* text can be wider or narrower than this, though this value
|
|
* is generally somewhat more accurate than the result of
|
|
* pango_font_metrics_get_approximate_char_width() for digits.
|
|
* @returns the digit width, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_approximate_digit_width(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the ascent from a font metrics structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* The ascent is the distance from the baseline to the logical top
|
|
* of a line of text. (The logical top may be above or below the top
|
|
* of the actual drawn ink. It is necessary to lay out the text to
|
|
* figure where the ink will be.)
|
|
* @returns the ascent, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_ascent(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the descent from a font metrics structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* The descent is the distance from the baseline to the logical bottom
|
|
* of a line of text. (The logical bottom may be above or below the
|
|
* bottom of the actual drawn ink. It is necessary to lay out the text
|
|
* to figure where the ink will be.)
|
|
* @returns the descent, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_descent(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the line height from a font metrics structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* The line height is the recommended distance between successive
|
|
* baselines in wrapped text using this font.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the line height is not available, 0 is returned.
|
|
* @returns the height, in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
get_height(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the suggested position to draw the strikethrough.
|
|
*
|
|
* The value returned is the distance *above* the
|
|
* baseline of the top of the strikethrough.
|
|
* @returns the suggested strikethrough position, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_strikethrough_position(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the suggested thickness to draw for the strikethrough.
|
|
* @returns the suggested strikethrough thickness, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_strikethrough_thickness(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the suggested position to draw the underline.
|
|
*
|
|
* The value returned is the distance *above* the baseline of the top
|
|
* of the underline. Since most fonts have underline positions beneath
|
|
* the baseline, this value is typically negative.
|
|
* @returns the suggested underline position, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_underline_position(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the suggested thickness to draw for the underline.
|
|
* @returns the suggested underline thickness, in Pango units.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_underline_thickness(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Increase the reference count of a font metrics structure by one.
|
|
* @returns @metrics
|
|
*/
|
|
ref(): FontMetrics | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Decrease the reference count of a font metrics structure by one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the result is zero, frees the structure and any associated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
unref(): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoFontMetrics` structure holds the overall metric information
|
|
* for a font.
|
|
*
|
|
* The information in a `PangoFontMetrics` structure may be restricted
|
|
* to a script. The fields of this structure are private to implementations
|
|
* of a font backend. See the documentation of the corresponding getters
|
|
* for documentation of their meaning.
|
|
*
|
|
* For an overview of the most important metrics, see:
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="fontmetrics-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Font metrics" src="fontmetrics-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class FontMetrics {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontMetrics
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontsetClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetClass
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* parent `GObjectClass`
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
parent_class: GObject.ObjectClass
|
|
get_font: (fontset: Fontset, wc: number) => Font
|
|
get_metrics: (fontset: Fontset) => FontMetrics
|
|
get_language: (fontset: Fontset) => Language
|
|
foreach: (fontset: Fontset, func: FontsetForeachFunc) => void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoFontsetClass` structure holds the virtual functions for
|
|
* a particular `PangoFontset` implementation.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
abstract class FontsetClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface FontsetSimpleClass {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class FontsetSimpleClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.FontsetSimpleClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphGeometry {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphGeometry
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the logical width to use for the the character.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
width: GlyphUnit
|
|
/**
|
|
* horizontal offset from nominal character position.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
x_offset: GlyphUnit
|
|
/**
|
|
* vertical offset from nominal character position.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
y_offset: GlyphUnit
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoGlyphGeometry` structure contains width and positioning
|
|
* information for a single glyph.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that `width` is not guaranteed to be the same as the glyph
|
|
* extents. Kerning and other positioning applied during shaping will
|
|
* affect both the `width` and the `x_offset` for the glyphs in the
|
|
* glyph string that results from shaping.
|
|
*
|
|
* The information in this struct is intended for rendering the glyphs,
|
|
* as follows:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. Assume the current point is (x, y)
|
|
* 2. Render the current glyph at (x + x_offset, y + y_offset),
|
|
* 3. Advance the current point to (x + width, y)
|
|
* 4. Render the next glyph
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphGeometry {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphGeometry
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphInfo {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphInfo
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the glyph itself.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
glyph: Glyph
|
|
/**
|
|
* the positional information about the glyph.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
geometry: GlyphGeometry
|
|
/**
|
|
* the visual attributes of the glyph.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
attr: GlyphVisAttr
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyphInfo` structure represents a single glyph with
|
|
* positioning information and visual attributes.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphInfo {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphInfo
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphItem {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItem
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* corresponding `PangoItem`
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
item: Item
|
|
/**
|
|
* corresponding `PangoGlyphString`
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
glyphs: GlyphString
|
|
/**
|
|
* shift of the baseline, relative to the baseline
|
|
* of the containing line. Positive values shift upwards
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
y_offset: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* horizontal displacement to apply before the
|
|
* glyph item. Positive values shift right
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
start_x_offset: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* horizontal displacement to apply after th
|
|
* glyph item. Positive values shift right
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
end_x_offset: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItem
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Splits a shaped item (`PangoGlyphItem`) into multiple items based
|
|
* on an attribute list.
|
|
*
|
|
* The idea is that if you have attributes that don't affect shaping,
|
|
* such as color or underline, to avoid affecting shaping, you filter
|
|
* them out ([method`Pango`.AttrList.filter]), apply the shaping process
|
|
* and then reapply them to the result using this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* All attributes that start or end inside a cluster are applied
|
|
* to that cluster; for instance, if half of a cluster is underlined
|
|
* and the other-half strikethrough, then the cluster will end
|
|
* up with both underline and strikethrough attributes. In these
|
|
* cases, it may happen that `item->`extra_attrs for some of the
|
|
* result items can have multiple attributes of the same type.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function takes ownership of `glyph_item;` it will be reused
|
|
* as one of the elements in the list.
|
|
* @param text text that `list` applies to
|
|
* @param list a `PangoAttrList`
|
|
* @returns a list of glyph items resulting from splitting @glyph_item. Free the elements using [method@Pango.GlyphItem.free], the list using g_slist_free().
|
|
*/
|
|
apply_attrs(text: string | null, list: AttrList): GlyphItem[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Make a deep copy of an existing `PangoGlyphItem` structure.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoGlyphItem`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): GlyphItem | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a `PangoGlyphItem` and resources to which it points.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a `PangoGlyphItem` and the corresponding text, determine the
|
|
* width corresponding to each character.
|
|
*
|
|
* When multiple characters compose a single cluster, the width of the
|
|
* entire cluster is divided equally among the characters.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also [method`Pango`.GlyphString.get_logical_widths].
|
|
* @param text text that `glyph_item` corresponds to (glyph_item->item->offset is an offset from the start of `text)`
|
|
* @param logical_widths an array whose length is the number of characters in glyph_item (equal to glyph_item->item->num_chars) to be filled in with the resulting character widths.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_logical_widths(text: string | null, logical_widths: number[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Adds spacing between the graphemes of `glyph_item` to
|
|
* give the effect of typographic letter spacing.
|
|
* @param text text that `glyph_item` corresponds to (glyph_item->item->offset is an offset from the start of `text)`
|
|
* @param log_attrs logical attributes for the item (the first logical attribute refers to the position before the first character in the item)
|
|
* @param letter_spacing amount of letter spacing to add in Pango units. May be negative, though too large negative values will give ugly results.
|
|
*/
|
|
letter_space(text: string | null, log_attrs: LogAttr[], letter_spacing: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Modifies `orig` to cover only the text after `split_index,` and
|
|
* returns a new item that covers the text before `split_index` that
|
|
* used to be in `orig`.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can think of `split_index` as the length of the returned item.
|
|
* `split_index` may not be 0, and it may not be greater than or equal
|
|
* to the length of `orig` (that is, there must be at least one byte
|
|
* assigned to each item, you can't create a zero-length item).
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is similar in function to pango_item_split() (and uses
|
|
* it internally.)
|
|
* @param text text to which positions in `orig` apply
|
|
* @param split_index byte index of position to split item, relative to the start of the item
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated item representing text before @split_index, which should be freed with pango_glyph_item_free().
|
|
*/
|
|
split(text: string | null, split_index: number): GlyphItem | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyphItem` is a pair of a `PangoItem` and the glyphs
|
|
* resulting from shaping the items text.
|
|
*
|
|
* As an example of the usage of `PangoGlyphItem`, the results
|
|
* of shaping text with `PangoLayout` is a list of `PangoLayoutLine`,
|
|
* each of which contains a list of `PangoGlyphItem`.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphItem {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItem
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphItemIter {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItemIter
|
|
|
|
glyph_item: GlyphItem
|
|
text: string | null
|
|
start_glyph: number
|
|
start_index: number
|
|
start_char: number
|
|
end_glyph: number
|
|
end_index: number
|
|
end_char: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItemIter
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Make a shallow copy of an existing `PangoGlyphItemIter` structure.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoGlyphItemIter`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): GlyphItemIter | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a `PangoGlyphItem`Iter.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Initializes a `PangoGlyphItemIter` structure to point to the
|
|
* last cluster in a glyph item.
|
|
*
|
|
* See `PangoGlyphItemIter` for details of cluster orders.
|
|
* @param glyph_item the glyph item to iterate over
|
|
* @param text text corresponding to the glyph item
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if there are no clusters in the glyph item
|
|
*/
|
|
init_end(glyph_item: GlyphItem, text: string | null): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Initializes a `PangoGlyphItemIter` structure to point to the
|
|
* first cluster in a glyph item.
|
|
*
|
|
* See `PangoGlyphItemIter` for details of cluster orders.
|
|
* @param glyph_item the glyph item to iterate over
|
|
* @param text text corresponding to the glyph item
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if there are no clusters in the glyph item
|
|
*/
|
|
init_start(glyph_item: GlyphItem, text: string | null): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Advances the iterator to the next cluster in the glyph item.
|
|
*
|
|
* See `PangoGlyphItemIter` for details of cluster orders.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the iterator was advanced, %FALSE if we were already on the last cluster.
|
|
*/
|
|
next_cluster(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Moves the iterator to the preceding cluster in the glyph item.
|
|
* See `PangoGlyphItemIter` for details of cluster orders.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if the iterator was moved, %FALSE if we were already on the first cluster.
|
|
*/
|
|
prev_cluster(): boolean
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyphItemIter` is an iterator over the clusters in a
|
|
* `PangoGlyphItem`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The *forward direction* of the iterator is the logical direction of text.
|
|
* That is, with increasing `start_index` and `start_char` values. If `glyph_item`
|
|
* is right-to-left (that is, if `glyph_item->item->analysis.level` is odd),
|
|
* then `start_glyph` decreases as the iterator moves forward. Moreover,
|
|
* in right-to-left cases, `start_glyph` is greater than `end_glyph`.
|
|
*
|
|
* An iterator should be initialized using either
|
|
* pango_glyph_item_iter_init_start() or
|
|
* pango_glyph_item_iter_init_end(), for forward and backward iteration
|
|
* respectively, and walked over using any desired mixture of
|
|
* pango_glyph_item_iter_next_cluster() and
|
|
* pango_glyph_item_iter_prev_cluster().
|
|
*
|
|
* A common idiom for doing a forward iteration over the clusters is:
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* PangoGlyphItemIter cluster_iter;
|
|
* gboolean have_cluster;
|
|
*
|
|
* for (have_cluster = pango_glyph_item_iter_init_start (&cluster_iter,
|
|
* glyph_item, text);
|
|
* have_cluster;
|
|
* have_cluster = pango_glyph_item_iter_next_cluster (&cluster_iter))
|
|
* {
|
|
* ...
|
|
* }
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that `text` is the start of the text for layout, which is then
|
|
* indexed by `glyph_item->item->offset` to get to the text of `glyph_item`.
|
|
* The `start_index` and `end_index` values can directly index into `text`. The
|
|
* `start_glyph,` `end_glyph,` `start_char,` and `end_char` values however are
|
|
* zero-based for the `glyph_item`. For each cluster, the item pointed at by
|
|
* the start variables is included in the cluster while the one pointed at by
|
|
* end variables is not.
|
|
*
|
|
* None of the members of a `PangoGlyphItemIter` should be modified manually.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphItemIter {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphItemIter
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphString {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphString
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* number of glyphs in this glyph string
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
num_glyphs: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* array of glyph information
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
glyphs: GlyphInfo[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* logical cluster info, indexed by the byte index
|
|
* within the text corresponding to the glyph string
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
log_clusters: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphString
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copy a glyph string and associated storage.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoGlyphString`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): GlyphString | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compute the logical and ink extents of a glyph string.
|
|
*
|
|
* See the documentation for [method`Pango`.Font.get_glyph_extents] for details
|
|
* about the interpretation of the rectangles.
|
|
*
|
|
* Examples of logical (red) and ink (green) rects:
|
|
*
|
|
*  
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
*/
|
|
extents(font: Font): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the extents of a sub-portion of a glyph string.
|
|
*
|
|
* The extents are relative to the start of the glyph string range
|
|
* (the origin of their coordinate system is at the start of the range,
|
|
* not at the start of the entire glyph string).
|
|
* @param start start index
|
|
* @param end end index (the range is the set of bytes with indices such that start <= index < end)
|
|
* @param font a `PangoFont`
|
|
*/
|
|
extents_range(start: number, end: number, font: Font): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Free a glyph string and associated storage.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a `PangoGlyphString` and corresponding text, determine the width
|
|
* corresponding to each character.
|
|
*
|
|
* When multiple characters compose a single cluster, the width of the
|
|
* entire cluster is divided equally among the characters.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also [method`Pango`.GlyphItem.get_logical_widths].
|
|
* @param text the text corresponding to the glyphs
|
|
* @param length the length of `text,` in bytes
|
|
* @param embedding_level the embedding level of the string
|
|
* @param logical_widths an array whose length is the number of characters in text (equal to `g_utf8_strlen (text, length)` unless text has `NUL` bytes) to be filled in with the resulting character widths.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_logical_widths(text: string | null, length: number, embedding_level: number, logical_widths: number[]): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the logical width of the glyph string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This can also be computed using [method`Pango`.GlyphString.extents].
|
|
* However, since this only computes the width, it's much faster. This
|
|
* is in fact only a convenience function that computes the sum of
|
|
* `geometry`.width for each glyph in the `glyphs`.
|
|
* @returns the logical width of the glyph string.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_width(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from character position to x position.
|
|
*
|
|
* The X position is measured from the left edge of the run.
|
|
* Character positions are obtained using font metrics for ligatures
|
|
* where available, and computed by dividing up each cluster
|
|
* into equal portions, otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* <picture>
|
|
* <source srcset="glyphstring-positions-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
|
|
* <img alt="Glyph positions" src="glyphstring-positions-light.png">
|
|
* </picture>
|
|
* @param text the text for the run
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) in `text`.
|
|
* @param analysis the analysis information return from [func`itemize]`
|
|
* @param index_ the byte index within `text`
|
|
* @param trailing whether we should compute the result for the beginning (%FALSE) or end (%TRUE) of the character.
|
|
*/
|
|
index_to_x(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, index_: number, trailing: boolean): /* x_pos */ number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from character position to x position.
|
|
*
|
|
* This variant of [method`Pango`.GlyphString.index_to_x] additionally
|
|
* accepts a `PangoLogAttr` array. The grapheme boundary information
|
|
* in it can be used to disambiguate positioning inside some complex
|
|
* clusters.
|
|
* @param text the text for the run
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) in `text`.
|
|
* @param analysis the analysis information return from [func`itemize]`
|
|
* @param attrs `PangoLogAttr` array for `text`
|
|
* @param index_ the byte index within `text`
|
|
* @param trailing whether we should compute the result for the beginning (%FALSE) or end (%TRUE) of the character.
|
|
*/
|
|
index_to_x_full(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, attrs: LogAttr | null, index_: number, trailing: boolean): /* x_pos */ number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Resize a glyph string to the given length.
|
|
* @param new_len the new length of the string
|
|
*/
|
|
set_size(new_len: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert from x offset to character position.
|
|
*
|
|
* Character positions are computed by dividing up each cluster into
|
|
* equal portions. In scripts where positioning within a cluster is
|
|
* not allowed (such as Thai), the returned value may not be a valid
|
|
* cursor position; the caller must combine the result with the logical
|
|
* attributes for the text to compute the valid cursor position.
|
|
* @param text the text for the run
|
|
* @param length the number of bytes (not characters) in text.
|
|
* @param analysis the analysis information return from [func`itemize]`
|
|
* @param x_pos the x offset (in Pango units)
|
|
*/
|
|
x_to_index(text: string | null, length: number, analysis: Analysis, x_pos: number): [ /* index_ */ number, /* trailing */ number ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyphString` is used to store strings of glyphs with geometry
|
|
* and visual attribute information.
|
|
*
|
|
* The storage for the glyph information is owned by the structure
|
|
* which simplifies memory management.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphString {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphString
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphString
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoGlyphString`.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoGlyphString`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.GlyphString.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoGlyphString`.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoGlyphString`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.GlyphString.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): GlyphString
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface GlyphVisAttr {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphVisAttr
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* set for the first logical glyph in each cluster.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_cluster_start: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* set if the the font will render this glyph with color. Since 1.50
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_color: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoGlyphVisAttr` structure communicates information between
|
|
* the shaping and rendering phases.
|
|
*
|
|
* Currently, it contains cluster start and color information.
|
|
* More attributes may be added in the future.
|
|
*
|
|
* Clusters are stored in visual order, within the cluster, glyphs
|
|
* are always ordered in logical order, since visual order is meaningless;
|
|
* that is, in Arabic text, accent glyphs follow the glyphs for the
|
|
* base character.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class GlyphVisAttr {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.GlyphVisAttr
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Item {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Item
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* byte offset of the start of this item in text.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
offset: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* length of this item in bytes.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
length: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* number of Unicode characters in the item.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
num_chars: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* analysis results for the item.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
analysis: Analysis
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Item
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Add attributes to a `PangoItem`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The idea is that you have attributes that don't affect itemization,
|
|
* such as font features, so you filter them out using
|
|
* [method`Pango`.AttrList.filter], itemize your text, then reapply the
|
|
* attributes to the resulting items using this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* The `iter` should be positioned before the range of the item,
|
|
* and will be advanced past it. This function is meant to be called
|
|
* in a loop over the items resulting from itemization, while passing
|
|
* the iter to each call.
|
|
* @param iter a `PangoAttrIterator`
|
|
*/
|
|
apply_attrs(iter: AttrIterator): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copy an existing `PangoItem` structure.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoItem`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Item | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Free a `PangoItem` and all associated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Modifies `orig` to cover only the text after `split_index,` and
|
|
* returns a new item that covers the text before `split_index` that
|
|
* used to be in `orig`.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can think of `split_index` as the length of the returned item.
|
|
* `split_index` may not be 0, and it may not be greater than or equal
|
|
* to the length of `orig` (that is, there must be at least one byte
|
|
* assigned to each item, you can't create a zero-length item).
|
|
* `split_offset` is the length of the first item in chars, and must be
|
|
* provided because the text used to generate the item isn't available,
|
|
* so `pango_item_split()` can't count the char length of the split items
|
|
* itself.
|
|
* @param split_index byte index of position to split item, relative to the start of the item
|
|
* @param split_offset number of chars between start of `orig` and `split_index`
|
|
* @returns new item representing text before @split_index, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Item.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
split(split_index: number, split_offset: number): Item
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoItem` structure stores information about a segment of text.
|
|
*
|
|
* You typically obtain `PangoItems` by itemizing a piece of text
|
|
* with [func`itemize]`.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Item {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Item
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Item
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoItem` structure initialized to default values.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoItem`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Item.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor()
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates a new `PangoItem` structure initialized to default values.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoItem`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.Item.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(): Item
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Language {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Language
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get a string that is representative of the characters needed to
|
|
* render a particular language.
|
|
*
|
|
* The sample text may be a pangram, but is not necessarily. It is chosen
|
|
* to be demonstrative of normal text in the language, as well as exposing
|
|
* font feature requirements unique to the language. It is suitable for use
|
|
* as sample text in a font selection dialog.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `language` is %NULL, the default language as found by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.Language.get_default] is used.
|
|
*
|
|
* If Pango does not have a sample string for `language,` the classic
|
|
* "The quick brown fox..." is returned. This can be detected by
|
|
* comparing the returned pointer value to that returned for (non-existent)
|
|
* language code "xx". That is, compare to:
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* pango_language_get_sample_string (pango_language_from_string ("xx"))
|
|
* ```
|
|
* @returns the sample string
|
|
*/
|
|
get_sample_string(): string | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines the scripts used to to write `language`.
|
|
*
|
|
* If nothing is known about the language tag `language,`
|
|
* or if `language` is %NULL, then %NULL is returned.
|
|
* The list of scripts returned starts with the script that the
|
|
* language uses most and continues to the one it uses least.
|
|
*
|
|
* The value `num_script` points at will be set to the number
|
|
* of scripts in the returned array (or zero if %NULL is returned).
|
|
*
|
|
* Most languages use only one script for writing, but there are
|
|
* some that use two (Latin and Cyrillic for example), and a few
|
|
* use three (Japanese for example). Applications should not make
|
|
* any assumptions on the maximum number of scripts returned
|
|
* though, except that it is positive if the return value is not
|
|
* %NULL, and it is a small number.
|
|
*
|
|
* The [method`Pango`.Language.includes_script] function uses this
|
|
* function internally.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: while the return value is declared as `PangoScript`, the
|
|
* returned values are from the `GUnicodeScript` enumeration, which
|
|
* may have more values. Callers need to handle unknown values.
|
|
* @returns An array of `PangoScript` values, with the number of entries in the array stored in @num_scripts, or %NULL if Pango does not have any information about this particular language tag (also the case if @language is %NULL).
|
|
*/
|
|
get_scripts(): Script[] | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines if `script` is one of the scripts used to
|
|
* write `language`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned value is conservative; if nothing is known about
|
|
* the language tag `language,` %TRUE will be returned, since, as
|
|
* far as Pango knows, `script` might be used to write `language`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This routine is used in Pango's itemization process when
|
|
* determining if a supplied language tag is relevant to
|
|
* a particular section of text. It probably is not useful
|
|
* for applications in most circumstances.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function uses [method`Pango`.Language.get_scripts] internally.
|
|
* @param script a `PangoScript`
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @script is one of the scripts used to write @language or if nothing is known about @language (including the case that @language is %NULL), %FALSE otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
includes_script(script: Script): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Checks if a language tag matches one of the elements in a list of
|
|
* language ranges.
|
|
*
|
|
* A language tag is considered to match a range in the list if the
|
|
* range is '*', the range is exactly the tag, or the range is a prefix
|
|
* of the tag, and the character after it in the tag is '-'.
|
|
* @param range_list a list of language ranges, separated by ';', ':', ',', or space characters. Each element must either be '*', or a RFC 3066 language range canonicalized as by [func`Pango`.Language.from_string]
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if a match was found
|
|
*/
|
|
matches(range_list: string | null): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the RFC-3066 format string representing the given language tag.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns (transfer none): a string representing the language tag
|
|
*/
|
|
to_string(): string | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoLanguage` structure is used to
|
|
* represent a language.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoLanguage` pointers can be efficiently
|
|
* copied and compared with each other.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Language {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Language
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.Language
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Convert a language tag to a `PangoLanguage`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The language tag must be in a RFC-3066 format. `PangoLanguage` pointers
|
|
* can be efficiently copied (copy the pointer) and compared with other
|
|
* language tags (compare the pointer.)
|
|
*
|
|
* This function first canonicalizes the string by converting it to
|
|
* lowercase, mapping '_' to '-', and stripping all characters other
|
|
* than letters and '-'.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use [func`Pango`.Language.get_default] if you want to get the
|
|
* `PangoLanguage` for the current locale of the process.
|
|
* @param language a string representing a language tag
|
|
* @returns a `PangoLanguage`
|
|
*/
|
|
static from_string(language: string | null): Language | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the `PangoLanguage` for the current locale of the process.
|
|
*
|
|
* On Unix systems, this is the return value is derived from
|
|
* `setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL)`, and the user can
|
|
* affect this through the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or
|
|
* LANG (checked in that order). The locale string typically is in
|
|
* the form lang_COUNTRY, where lang is an ISO-639 language code, and
|
|
* COUNTRY is an ISO-3166 country code. For instance, sv_FI for
|
|
* Swedish as written in Finland or pt_BR for Portuguese as written in
|
|
* Brazil.
|
|
*
|
|
* On Windows, the C library does not use any such environment
|
|
* variables, and setting them won't affect the behavior of functions
|
|
* like ctime(). The user sets the locale through the Regional Options
|
|
* in the Control Panel. The C library (in the setlocale() function)
|
|
* does not use country and language codes, but country and language
|
|
* names spelled out in English.
|
|
* However, this function does check the above environment
|
|
* variables, and does return a Unix-style locale string based on
|
|
* either said environment variables or the thread's current locale.
|
|
*
|
|
* Your application should call `setlocale(LC_ALL, "")` for the user
|
|
* settings to take effect. GTK does this in its initialization
|
|
* functions automatically (by calling gtk_set_locale()).
|
|
* See the setlocale() manpage for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the default language can change over the life of an application.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also note that this function will not do the right thing if you
|
|
* use per-thread locales with uselocale(). In that case, you should
|
|
* just call pango_language_from_string() yourself.
|
|
* @returns the default language as a `PangoLanguage`
|
|
*/
|
|
static get_default(): Language
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the list of languages that the user prefers.
|
|
*
|
|
* The list is specified by the `PANGO_LANGUAGE` or `LANGUAGE`
|
|
* environment variables, in order of preference. Note that this
|
|
* list does not necessarily include the language returned by
|
|
* [func`Pango`.Language.get_default].
|
|
*
|
|
* When choosing language-specific resources, such as the sample
|
|
* text returned by [method`Pango`.Language.get_sample_string],
|
|
* you should first try the default language, followed by the
|
|
* languages returned by this function.
|
|
* @returns a %NULL-terminated array of `PangoLanguage`*
|
|
*/
|
|
static get_preferred(): Language[] | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface LayoutClass {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
abstract class LayoutClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface LayoutIter {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutIter
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Determines whether `iter` is on the last line of the layout.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @iter is on the last line
|
|
*/
|
|
at_last_line(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copies a `PangoLayoutIter`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoLayoutIter`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): LayoutIter | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees an iterator that's no longer in use.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the Y position of the current line's baseline, in layout
|
|
* coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Layout coordinates have the origin at the top left of the entire layout.
|
|
* @returns baseline of current line
|
|
*/
|
|
get_baseline(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the extents of the current character, in layout coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Layout coordinates have the origin at the top left of the entire layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* Only logical extents can sensibly be obtained for characters;
|
|
* ink extents make sense only down to the level of clusters.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_char_extents(): /* logical_rect */ Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the extents of the current cluster, in layout coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Layout coordinates have the origin at the top left of the entire layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_cluster_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current byte index.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that iterating forward by char moves in visual order,
|
|
* not logical order, so indexes may not be sequential. Also,
|
|
* the index may be equal to the length of the text in the
|
|
* layout, if on the %NULL run (see [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_run]).
|
|
* @returns current byte index
|
|
*/
|
|
get_index(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the layout associated with a `PangoLayoutIter`.
|
|
* @returns the layout associated with @iter
|
|
*/
|
|
get_layout(): Layout | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Obtains the extents of the `PangoLayout` being iterated over.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_layout_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use the faster [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_line_readonly] if
|
|
* you do not plan to modify the contents of the line (glyphs,
|
|
* glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns the current line
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line(): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Obtains the extents of the current line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Extents are in layout coordinates (origin is the top-left corner
|
|
* of the entire `PangoLayout`). Thus the extents returned by this
|
|
* function will be the same width/height but not at the same x/y
|
|
* as the extents returned from [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_extents].
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current line for read-only access.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a faster alternative to [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_line],
|
|
* but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the line
|
|
* (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns the current line, that should not be modified
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_readonly(): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Divides the vertical space in the `PangoLayout` being iterated over
|
|
* between the lines in the layout, and returns the space belonging to
|
|
* the current line.
|
|
*
|
|
* A line's range includes the line's logical extents. plus half of the
|
|
* spacing above and below the line, if [method`Pango`.Layout.set_spacing]
|
|
* has been called to set layout spacing. The Y positions are in layout
|
|
* coordinates (origin at top left of the entire layout).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: Since 1.44, Pango uses line heights for placing lines, and there
|
|
* may be gaps between the ranges returned by this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_line_yrange(): [ /* y0_ */ number, /* y1_ */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current run.
|
|
*
|
|
* When iterating by run, at the end of each line, there's a position
|
|
* with a %NULL run, so this function can return %NULL. The %NULL run
|
|
* at the end of each line ensures that all lines have at least one run,
|
|
* even lines consisting of only a newline.
|
|
*
|
|
* Use the faster [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_run_readonly] if you do not
|
|
* plan to modify the contents of the run (glyphs, glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns the current run
|
|
*/
|
|
get_run(): LayoutRun | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the Y position of the current run's baseline, in layout
|
|
* coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Layout coordinates have the origin at the top left of the entire layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* The run baseline can be different from the line baseline, for
|
|
* example due to superscript or subscript positioning.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_run_baseline(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the extents of the current run in layout coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Layout coordinates have the origin at the top left of the entire layout.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_run_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the current run for read-only access.
|
|
*
|
|
* When iterating by run, at the end of each line, there's a position
|
|
* with a %NULL run, so this function can return %NULL. The %NULL run
|
|
* at the end of each line ensures that all lines have at least one run,
|
|
* even lines consisting of only a newline.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a faster alternative to [method`Pango`.LayoutIter.get_run],
|
|
* but the user is not expected to modify the contents of the run (glyphs,
|
|
* glyph widths, etc.).
|
|
* @returns the current run, that should not be modified
|
|
*/
|
|
get_run_readonly(): LayoutRun | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Moves `iter` forward to the next character in visual order.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `iter` was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE.
|
|
* @returns whether motion was possible
|
|
*/
|
|
next_char(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Moves `iter` forward to the next cluster in visual order.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `iter` was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE.
|
|
* @returns whether motion was possible
|
|
*/
|
|
next_cluster(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Moves `iter` forward to the start of the next line.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `iter` is already on the last line, returns %FALSE.
|
|
* @returns whether motion was possible
|
|
*/
|
|
next_line(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Moves `iter` forward to the next run in visual order.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `iter` was already at the end of the layout, returns %FALSE.
|
|
* @returns whether motion was possible
|
|
*/
|
|
next_run(): boolean
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoLayoutIter` can be used to iterate over the visual
|
|
* extents of a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* To obtain a `PangoLayoutIter`, use [method`Pango`.Layout.get_iter].
|
|
*
|
|
* The `PangoLayoutIter` structure is opaque, and has no user-visible fields.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class LayoutIter {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutIter
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface LayoutLine {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutLine
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* the layout this line belongs to, might be %NULL
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
layout: Layout
|
|
/**
|
|
* start of line as byte index into layout->text
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
start_index: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* length of line in bytes
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
length: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* list of runs in the
|
|
* line, from left to right
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
runs: LayoutRun[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* #TRUE if this is the first line of the paragraph
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_paragraph_start: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* #Resolved PangoDirection of line
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
resolved_dir: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutLine
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the logical and ink extents of a layout line.
|
|
*
|
|
* See [method`Pango`.Font.get_glyph_extents] for details
|
|
* about the interpretation of the rectangles.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the height of the line, as the maximum of the heights
|
|
* of fonts used in this line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the actual baseline-to-baseline distance between lines
|
|
* of text is influenced by other factors, such as
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.set_spacing] and
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.set_line_spacing].
|
|
*/
|
|
get_height(): /* height */ number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the length of the line, in bytes.
|
|
* @returns the length of the line
|
|
*/
|
|
get_length(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Computes the logical and ink extents of `layout_line` in device units.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function just calls [method`Pango`.LayoutLine.get_extents] followed by
|
|
* two [func`extents_to_pixels]` calls, rounding `ink_rect` and `logical_rect`
|
|
* such that the rounded rectangles fully contain the unrounded one (that is,
|
|
* passes them as first argument to [func`extents_to_pixels]`).
|
|
*/
|
|
get_pixel_extents(): [ /* ink_rect */ Rectangle, /* logical_rect */ Rectangle ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the resolved direction of the line.
|
|
* @returns the resolved direction of the line
|
|
*/
|
|
get_resolved_direction(): Direction
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the start index of the line, as byte index
|
|
* into the text of the layout.
|
|
* @returns the start index of the line
|
|
*/
|
|
get_start_index(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets a list of visual ranges corresponding to a given logical range.
|
|
*
|
|
* This list is not necessarily minimal - there may be consecutive
|
|
* ranges which are adjacent. The ranges will be sorted from left to
|
|
* right. The ranges are with respect to the left edge of the entire
|
|
* layout, not with respect to the line.
|
|
* @param start_index Start byte index of the logical range. If this value is less than the start index for the line, then the first range will extend all the way to the leading edge of the layout. Otherwise, it will start at the leading edge of the first character.
|
|
* @param end_index Ending byte index of the logical range. If this value is greater than the end index for the line, then the last range will extend all the way to the trailing edge of the layout. Otherwise, it will end at the trailing edge of the last character.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_x_ranges(start_index: number, end_index: number): /* ranges */ number[]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts an index within a line to a X position.
|
|
* @param index_ byte offset of a grapheme within the layout
|
|
* @param trailing an integer indicating the edge of the grapheme to retrieve the position of. If > 0, the trailing edge of the grapheme, if 0, the leading of the grapheme
|
|
*/
|
|
index_to_x(index_: number, trailing: boolean): /* x_pos */ number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Increase the reference count of a `PangoLayoutLine` by one.
|
|
* @returns the line passed in.
|
|
*/
|
|
ref(): LayoutLine | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Decrease the reference count of a `PangoLayoutLine` by one.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the result is zero, the line and all associated memory
|
|
* will be freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
unref(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Converts from x offset to the byte index of the corresponding character
|
|
* within the text of the layout.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `x_pos` is outside the line, `index_` and `trailing` will point to the very
|
|
* first or very last position in the line. This determination is based on the
|
|
* resolved direction of the paragraph; for example, if the resolved direction
|
|
* is right-to-left, then an X position to the right of the line (after it)
|
|
* results in 0 being stored in `index_` and `trailing`. An X position to the
|
|
* left of the line results in `index_` pointing to the (logical) last grapheme
|
|
* in the line and `trailing` being set to the number of characters in that
|
|
* grapheme. The reverse is true for a left-to-right line.
|
|
* @param x_pos the X offset (in Pango units) from the left edge of the line.
|
|
* @returns %FALSE if @x_pos was outside the line, %TRUE if inside
|
|
*/
|
|
x_to_index(x_pos: number): [ /* returnType */ boolean, /* index_ */ number, /* trailing */ number ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoLayoutLine` represents one of the lines resulting from laying
|
|
* out a paragraph via `PangoLayout`.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoLayoutLine` structures are obtained by calling
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Layout.get_line] and are only valid until the text,
|
|
* attributes, or settings of the parent `PangoLayout` are modified.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class LayoutLine {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.LayoutLine
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface LogAttr {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.LogAttr
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* if set, can break line in front of character
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_line_break: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* if set, must break line in front of character
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_mandatory_break: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* if set, can break here when doing character wrapping
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_char_break: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is whitespace character
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_white: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* if set, cursor can appear in front of character.
|
|
* i.e. this is a grapheme boundary, or the first character in the text.
|
|
* This flag implements Unicode's
|
|
* [Grapheme Cluster Boundaries](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
|
|
* semantics.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_cursor_position: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is first character in a word
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_word_start: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is first non-word char after a word
|
|
* Note that in degenerate cases, you could have both `is_word_start`
|
|
* and `is_word_end` set for some character.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_word_end: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is a sentence boundary.
|
|
* There are two ways to divide sentences. The first assigns all
|
|
* inter-sentence whitespace/control/format chars to some sentence,
|
|
* so all chars are in some sentence; `is_sentence_boundary` denotes
|
|
* the boundaries there. The second way doesn't assign
|
|
* between-sentence spaces, etc. to any sentence, so
|
|
* `is_sentence_start/``is_sentence_end` mark the boundaries of those sentences.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_sentence_boundary: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is first character in a sentence
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_sentence_start: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is first char after a sentence.
|
|
* Note that in degenerate cases, you could have both `is_sentence_start`
|
|
* and `is_sentence_end` set for some character. (e.g. no space after a
|
|
* period, so the next sentence starts right away)
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_sentence_end: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* if set, backspace deletes one character
|
|
* rather than the entire grapheme cluster. This field is only meaningful
|
|
* on grapheme boundaries (where `is_cursor_position` is set). In some languages,
|
|
* the full grapheme (e.g. letter + diacritics) is considered a unit, while in
|
|
* others, each decomposed character in the grapheme is a unit. In the default
|
|
* implementation of [func`break]`, this bit is set on all grapheme boundaries
|
|
* except those following Latin, Cyrillic or Greek base characters.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
backspace_deletes_character: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is a whitespace character that can possibly be
|
|
* expanded for justification purposes. (Since: 1.18)
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_expandable_space: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* is a word boundary, as defined by UAX#29.
|
|
* More specifically, means that this is not a position in the middle of a word.
|
|
* For example, both sides of a punctuation mark are considered word boundaries.
|
|
* This flag is particularly useful when selecting text word-by-word. This flag
|
|
* implements Unicode's [Word Boundaries](http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr29/)
|
|
* semantics. (Since: 1.22)
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
is_word_boundary: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* when breaking lines before this char, insert a hyphen.
|
|
* Since: 1.50
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
break_inserts_hyphen: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* when breaking lines before this char, remove the
|
|
* preceding char. Since 1.50
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
break_removes_preceding: number
|
|
reserved: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoLogAttr` structure stores information about the attributes of a
|
|
* single character.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class LogAttr {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.LogAttr
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Matrix {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Matrix
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* 1st component of the transformation matrix
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
xx: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* 2nd component of the transformation matrix
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
xy: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* 3rd component of the transformation matrix
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
yx: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* 4th component of the transformation matrix
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
yy: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* x translation
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
x0: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* y translation
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
y0: number
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.Matrix
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Changes the transformation represented by `matrix` to be the
|
|
* transformation given by first applying transformation
|
|
* given by `new_matrix` then applying the original transformation.
|
|
* @param new_matrix a `PangoMatrix`
|
|
*/
|
|
concat(new_matrix: Matrix): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copies a `PangoMatrix`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoMatrix`
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): Matrix | null
|
|
/**
|
|
* Free a `PangoMatrix`.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns the scale factor of a matrix on the height of the font.
|
|
*
|
|
* That is, the scale factor in the direction perpendicular to the
|
|
* vector that the X coordinate is mapped to. If the scale in the X
|
|
* coordinate is needed as well, use [method`Pango`.Matrix.get_font_scale_factors].
|
|
* @returns the scale factor of @matrix on the height of the font, or 1.0 if @matrix is %NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_scale_factor(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Calculates the scale factor of a matrix on the width and height of the font.
|
|
*
|
|
* That is, `xscale` is the scale factor in the direction of the X coordinate,
|
|
* and `yscale` is the scale factor in the direction perpendicular to the
|
|
* vector that the X coordinate is mapped to.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that output numbers will always be non-negative.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_font_scale_factors(): [ /* xscale */ number, /* yscale */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the slant ratio of a matrix.
|
|
*
|
|
* For a simple shear matrix in the form:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1 λ
|
|
* 0 1
|
|
*
|
|
* this is simply λ.
|
|
* @returns the slant ratio of @matrix
|
|
*/
|
|
get_slant_ratio(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Changes the transformation represented by `matrix` to be the
|
|
* transformation given by first rotating by `degrees` degrees
|
|
* counter-clockwise then applying the original transformation.
|
|
* @param degrees degrees to rotate counter-clockwise
|
|
*/
|
|
rotate(degrees: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Changes the transformation represented by `matrix` to be the
|
|
* transformation given by first scaling by `sx` in the X direction
|
|
* and `sy` in the Y direction then applying the original
|
|
* transformation.
|
|
* @param scale_x amount to scale by in X direction
|
|
* @param scale_y amount to scale by in Y direction
|
|
*/
|
|
scale(scale_x: number, scale_y: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Transforms the distance vector (`dx,``dy)` by `matrix`.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is similar to [method`Pango`.Matrix.transform_point],
|
|
* except that the translation components of the transformation
|
|
* are ignored. The calculation of the returned vector is as follows:
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* dx2 = dx1 * xx + dy1 * xy;
|
|
* dy2 = dx1 * yx + dy1 * yy;
|
|
* ```
|
|
*
|
|
* Affine transformations are position invariant, so the same vector
|
|
* always transforms to the same vector. If (`x1`,`y1`) transforms
|
|
* to (`x2`,`y2`) then (`x1`+`dx1`,`y1`+`dy1`) will transform to
|
|
* (`x1`+`dx2`,`y1`+`dy2`) for all values of `x1` and `x2`.
|
|
* @param dx in/out X component of a distance vector
|
|
* @param dy in/out Y component of a distance vector
|
|
*/
|
|
transform_distance(dx: number, dy: number): [ /* dx */ number, /* dy */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* First transforms the `rect` using `matrix,` then calculates the bounding box
|
|
* of the transformed rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is useful for example when you want to draw a rotated
|
|
* `PangoLayout` to an image buffer, and want to know how large the image
|
|
* should be and how much you should shift the layout when rendering.
|
|
*
|
|
* For better accuracy, you should use [method`Pango`.Matrix.transform_rectangle]
|
|
* on original rectangle in Pango units and convert to pixels afterward
|
|
* using [func`extents_to_pixels]`'s first argument.
|
|
* @param rect in/out bounding box in device units
|
|
*/
|
|
transform_pixel_rectangle(rect?: Rectangle): /* rect */ Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* Transforms the point (`x,` `y)` by `matrix`.
|
|
* @param x in/out X position
|
|
* @param y in/out Y position
|
|
*/
|
|
transform_point(x: number, y: number): [ /* x */ number, /* y */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* First transforms `rect` using `matrix,` then calculates the bounding box
|
|
* of the transformed rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is useful for example when you want to draw a rotated
|
|
* `PangoLayout` to an image buffer, and want to know how large the image
|
|
* should be and how much you should shift the layout when rendering.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you have a rectangle in device units (pixels), use
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Matrix.transform_pixel_rectangle].
|
|
*
|
|
* If you have the rectangle in Pango units and want to convert to
|
|
* transformed pixel bounding box, it is more accurate to transform it first
|
|
* (using this function) and pass the result to pango_extents_to_pixels(),
|
|
* first argument, for an inclusive rounded rectangle.
|
|
* However, there are valid reasons that you may want to convert
|
|
* to pixels first and then transform, for example when the transformed
|
|
* coordinates may overflow in Pango units (large matrix translation for
|
|
* example).
|
|
* @param rect in/out bounding box in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
transform_rectangle(rect?: Rectangle): /* rect */ Rectangle
|
|
/**
|
|
* Changes the transformation represented by `matrix` to be the
|
|
* transformation given by first translating by (`tx,` `ty)`
|
|
* then applying the original transformation.
|
|
* @param tx amount to translate in the X direction
|
|
* @param ty amount to translate in the Y direction
|
|
*/
|
|
translate(tx: number, ty: number): void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoMatrix` specifies a transformation between user-space
|
|
* and device coordinates.
|
|
*
|
|
* The transformation is given by
|
|
*
|
|
* ```
|
|
* x_device = x_user * matrix->xx + y_user * matrix->xy + matrix->x0;
|
|
* y_device = x_user * matrix->yx + y_user * matrix->yy + matrix->y0;
|
|
* ```
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Matrix {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Matrix
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface Rectangle {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.Rectangle
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* X coordinate of the left side of the rectangle.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
x: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Y coordinate of the the top side of the rectangle.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
y: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* width of the rectangle.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
width: number
|
|
/**
|
|
* height of the rectangle.
|
|
* @field
|
|
*/
|
|
height: number
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* The `PangoRectangle` structure represents a rectangle.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoRectangle` is frequently used to represent the logical or ink
|
|
* extents of a single glyph or section of text. (See, for instance,
|
|
* [method`Pango`.Font.get_glyph_extents].)
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class Rectangle {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.Rectangle
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface RendererClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own fields of Pango-1.0.Pango.RendererClass
|
|
|
|
draw_glyphs: (renderer: Renderer, font: Font, glyphs: GlyphString, x: number, y: number) => void
|
|
draw_rectangle: (renderer: Renderer, part: RenderPart, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number) => void
|
|
draw_error_underline: (renderer: Renderer, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number) => void
|
|
draw_shape: (renderer: Renderer, attr: AttrShape, x: number, y: number) => void
|
|
draw_trapezoid: (renderer: Renderer, part: RenderPart, y1_: number, x11: number, x21: number, y2: number, x12: number, x22: number) => void
|
|
draw_glyph: (renderer: Renderer, font: Font, glyph: Glyph, x: number, y: number) => void
|
|
part_changed: (renderer: Renderer, part: RenderPart) => void
|
|
begin: (renderer: Renderer) => void
|
|
end: (renderer: Renderer) => void
|
|
prepare_run: (renderer: Renderer, run: LayoutRun) => void
|
|
draw_glyph_item: (renderer: Renderer, text: string | null, glyph_item: GlyphItem, x: number, y: number) => void
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Class structure for `PangoRenderer`.
|
|
*
|
|
* The following vfuncs take user space coordinates in Pango units
|
|
* and have default implementations:
|
|
* - draw_glyphs
|
|
* - draw_rectangle
|
|
* - draw_error_underline
|
|
* - draw_shape
|
|
* - draw_glyph_item
|
|
*
|
|
* The default draw_shape implementation draws nothing.
|
|
*
|
|
* The following vfuncs take device space coordinates as doubles
|
|
* and must be implemented:
|
|
* - draw_trapezoid
|
|
* - draw_glyph
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
abstract class RendererClass {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.RendererClass
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface RendererPrivate {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class RendererPrivate {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.RendererPrivate
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface ScriptIter {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.ScriptIter
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a `PangoScriptIter`.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets information about the range to which `iter` currently points.
|
|
*
|
|
* The range is the set of locations p where *start <= p < *end.
|
|
* (That is, it doesn't include the character stored at *end)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that while the type of the `script` argument is declared
|
|
* as `PangoScript`, as of Pango 1.18, this function simply returns
|
|
* `GUnicodeScript` values. Callers must be prepared to handle unknown
|
|
* values.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_range(): [ /* start */ string | null, /* end */ string | null, /* script */ Script ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Advances a `PangoScriptIter` to the next range.
|
|
*
|
|
* If `iter` is already at the end, it is left unchanged
|
|
* and %FALSE is returned.
|
|
* @returns %TRUE if @iter was successfully advanced
|
|
*/
|
|
next(): boolean
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoScriptIter` is used to iterate through a string
|
|
* and identify ranges in different scripts.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class ScriptIter {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.ScriptIter
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.ScriptIter
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoScriptIter`, used to break a string of
|
|
* Unicode text into runs by Unicode script.
|
|
*
|
|
* No copy is made of `text,` so the caller needs to make
|
|
* sure it remains valid until the iterator is freed with
|
|
* [method`Pango`.ScriptIter.free].
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param text a UTF-8 string
|
|
* @param length length of `text,` or -1 if `text` is nul-terminated
|
|
* @returns the new script iterator, initialized to point at the first range in the text, which should be freed with [method@Pango.ScriptIter.free]. If the string is empty, it will point at an empty range.
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor(text: string | null, length: number)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a new `PangoScriptIter`, used to break a string of
|
|
* Unicode text into runs by Unicode script.
|
|
*
|
|
* No copy is made of `text,` so the caller needs to make
|
|
* sure it remains valid until the iterator is freed with
|
|
* [method`Pango`.ScriptIter.free].
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param text a UTF-8 string
|
|
* @param length length of `text,` or -1 if `text` is nul-terminated
|
|
* @returns the new script iterator, initialized to point at the first range in the text, which should be freed with [method@Pango.ScriptIter.free]. If the string is empty, it will point at an empty range.
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(text: string | null, length: number): ScriptIter
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
interface TabArray {
|
|
|
|
// Owm methods of Pango-1.0.Pango.TabArray
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Copies a `PangoTabArray`.
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoTabArray`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.TabArray.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
copy(): TabArray
|
|
/**
|
|
* Frees a tab array and associated resources.
|
|
*/
|
|
free(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the Unicode character to use as decimal point.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only relevant for tabs with %PANGO_TAB_DECIMAL alignment,
|
|
* which align content at the first occurrence of the decimal point
|
|
* character.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default value of 0 means that Pango will use the
|
|
* decimal point according to the current locale.
|
|
* @param tab_index the index of a tab stop
|
|
*/
|
|
get_decimal_point(tab_index: number): string
|
|
/**
|
|
* Returns %TRUE if the tab positions are in pixels,
|
|
* %FALSE if they are in Pango units.
|
|
* @returns whether positions are in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_positions_in_pixels(): boolean
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the number of tab stops in `tab_array`.
|
|
* @returns the number of tab stops in the array.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_size(): number
|
|
/**
|
|
* Gets the alignment and position of a tab stop.
|
|
* @param tab_index tab stop index
|
|
*/
|
|
get_tab(tab_index: number): [ /* alignment */ TabAlign, /* location */ number ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* If non-%NULL, `alignments` and `locations` are filled with allocated
|
|
* arrays.
|
|
*
|
|
* The arrays are of length [method`Pango`.TabArray.get_size].
|
|
* You must free the returned array.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_tabs(): [ /* alignments */ TabAlign, /* locations */ number[] ]
|
|
/**
|
|
* Resizes a tab array.
|
|
*
|
|
* You must subsequently initialize any tabs
|
|
* that were added as a result of growing the array.
|
|
* @param new_size new size of the array
|
|
*/
|
|
resize(new_size: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the Unicode character to use as decimal point.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only relevant for tabs with %PANGO_TAB_DECIMAL alignment,
|
|
* which align content at the first occurrence of the decimal point
|
|
* character.
|
|
*
|
|
* By default, Pango uses the decimal point according
|
|
* to the current locale.
|
|
* @param tab_index the index of a tab stop
|
|
* @param decimal_point the decimal point to use
|
|
*/
|
|
set_decimal_point(tab_index: number, decimal_point: string): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets whether positions in this array are specified in
|
|
* pixels.
|
|
* @param positions_in_pixels whether positions are in pixels
|
|
*/
|
|
set_positions_in_pixels(positions_in_pixels: boolean): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Sets the alignment and location of a tab stop.
|
|
* @param tab_index the index of a tab stop
|
|
* @param alignment tab alignment
|
|
* @param location tab location in Pango units
|
|
*/
|
|
set_tab(tab_index: number, alignment: TabAlign, location: number): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Utility function to ensure that the tab stops are in increasing order.
|
|
*/
|
|
sort(): void
|
|
/**
|
|
* Serializes a `PangoTabArray` to a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* No guarantees are made about the format of the string,
|
|
* it may change between Pango versions.
|
|
*
|
|
* The intended use of this function is testing and
|
|
* debugging. The format is not meant as a permanent
|
|
* storage format.
|
|
* @returns a newly allocated string
|
|
*/
|
|
to_string(): string | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A `PangoTabArray` contains an array of tab stops.
|
|
*
|
|
* `PangoTabArray` can be used to set tab stops in a `PangoLayout`.
|
|
* Each tab stop has an alignment, a position, and optionally
|
|
* a character to use as decimal point.
|
|
* @record
|
|
*/
|
|
class TabArray {
|
|
|
|
// Own properties of Pango-1.0.Pango.TabArray
|
|
|
|
static name: string
|
|
|
|
// Constructors of Pango-1.0.Pango.TabArray
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates an array of `initial_size` tab stops.
|
|
*
|
|
* Tab stops are specified in pixel units if `positions_in_pixels` is %TRUE,
|
|
* otherwise in Pango units. All stops are initially at position 0.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param initial_size Initial number of tab stops to allocate, can be 0
|
|
* @param positions_in_pixels whether positions are in pixel units
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoTabArray`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.TabArray.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
constructor(initial_size: number, positions_in_pixels: boolean)
|
|
/**
|
|
* Creates an array of `initial_size` tab stops.
|
|
*
|
|
* Tab stops are specified in pixel units if `positions_in_pixels` is %TRUE,
|
|
* otherwise in Pango units. All stops are initially at position 0.
|
|
* @constructor
|
|
* @param initial_size Initial number of tab stops to allocate, can be 0
|
|
* @param positions_in_pixels whether positions are in pixel units
|
|
* @returns the newly allocated `PangoTabArray`, which should be freed with [method@Pango.TabArray.free].
|
|
*/
|
|
static new(initial_size: number, positions_in_pixels: boolean): TabArray
|
|
/**
|
|
* Deserializes a `PangoTabArray` from a string.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the counterpart to [method`Pango`.TabArray.to_string].
|
|
* See that functions for details about the format.
|
|
* @param text a string
|
|
* @returns a new `PangoTabArray`
|
|
*/
|
|
static from_string(text: string | null): TabArray | null
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Glyph = number
|
|
type GlyphUnit = number
|
|
type LayoutRun = GlyphItem
|
|
/**
|
|
* Name of the imported GIR library
|
|
* @see https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gjs/-/blob/master/gi/ns.cpp#L188
|
|
*/
|
|
const __name__: string
|
|
/**
|
|
* Version of the imported GIR library
|
|
* @see https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gjs/-/blob/master/gi/ns.cpp#L189
|
|
*/
|
|
const __version__: string
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
export default Pango;
|
|
// END
|